https://docs.moodle.org/20/en/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Me&feedformat=atomMoodleDocs - User contributions [en]2024-03-29T05:50:01ZUser contributionsMediaWiki 1.39.6https://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=71531Certificate module2010-04-27T03:43:42Z<p>Me: /* See also */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. An optional block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates. To install: Place the certificates folder in your root (main) moodle folder and upload to your server. Place the my_certificates block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
===Certificate Verification Block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student. To install: Place the verify_certificate block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
See also: [[Installing_contributed_modules_or_plugins]] in MoodleDocs.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
===Certificate icon location===<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image. For example, if your theme uses custom icons, you must put a certificate folder with the certificate icon.gif in it under your theme/pix/mod folder.<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
# Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
# In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
# After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
# If you broke the code you may get a blank screen for a certificate. So it might be a good idea to have a copy of the folder or at least the file you are tweaking before having fun.<br />
<br />
===Customize format===<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
:$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
===Adding images===<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Getting Print Quality Images and/or to modify the location:'''<br />
If you place images of the same size and resolution as those in the certificate/pix/seals or certificate/pix/signatures folders they should fit in the existing places on the model certificates. This is an easy way to add your custom logo or signature files. However if you use a print quality (e.g. 300 dpi) image for either, it will show up as an enormous image on your certificate. You can move the location of the image by changing the numbers in the two lines of code shown below (the first for "seals" or logos; the second for the "signature" image). The first number in each line dictates the X (left/right) position on the page. The second number dictates the Y (up/down) position on the page. The numbers determine the upper left portion of the image; a larger number moves the image right or down. If you add a second set of numbers to each line (fill in where the paired apostrophes are after 425 or 440) you can control the size of the image. So the 3rd number in the set of four indicates the horizontal size while the 4th number in the set determines the vertical size. You will need to add the second set of numbers if you want to use print quality images.<br />
<br />
In the certificate/type/’type your are using’/certificate.php file look for the following lines:<br />
<br />
:print_seal($certificate->printseal, $orientation, 590, 425, '', '');<br />
<br />
:print_signature($certificate->printsignature, $orientation, 130, 440, '', '');<br />
<br />
<br />
===Changing Printed Text===<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
:<nowiki>$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';</nowiki><br> <br />
:<nowiki>$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';</nowiki><br> <br />
:<nowiki>$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';</nowiki><br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
:$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
===Adding a New Line of Text===<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
:$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
:<nowiki>cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));</nowiki><br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
:<nowiki>cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));</nowiki><br />
::note: Make sure you a string to the language file called mynewtext. The above line of code gets that string. <br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size.<br />
<br />
===Printing Info from a Profile Field===<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
:cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
===Add your string to the pdf image===<br />
You can add your own custom string to the pdf print section. We wanted to add "These Continuing Credits are from Our University" below the title of the course. We used the landscape certificate type.<br />
<br />
We added the string to the language file. <br />
:<nowiki>$string(ceusfromus) = 'These Continuing Credits are from Our University';</nowiki><br />
<br />
In the type folder's certificate.php file, in the PDF area near the end of the file, we put the following line:<br />
<br />
:<nowiki>cert_printtext(170, 380, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 16, utf8_decode<br />
(get_string('ceusfromus', 'certificate')));</nowiki><br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
* [[mod/certificate/mod|Add/Edit Certificate]]<br />
* [[mod/certificate/view|Viewing a Certificate]]<br />
<br />
<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://promoodle.com Certificate Sitewide Reports] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://promoodle.com Certificate Validation Block] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-334 Patch to enable linking] to [[Face-to-face module|Face-to-Face]] contributed module.<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Certificate]]<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=58746Certificate module2009-06-23T21:00:54Z<p>Me: /* See also */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. An optional block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates. To install: Place the certificates folder in your root (main) moodle folder and upload to your server. Place the my_certificates block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
===Certificate Verification Block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student. To install: Place the verify_certificate block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
See also: [[Installing_contributed_modules_or_plugins]] in MoodleDocs.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
===Certificate icon location===<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image. For example, if your theme uses custom icons, you must put a certificate folder with the certificate icon.gif in it under your theme/pix/mod folder.<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
1. Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
2. In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
3. After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Getting Print Quality Images and/or to modify the location:'''<br />
If you place images of the same size and resolution as those in the certificate/pix/seals or certificate/pix/signatures folders they should fit in the existing places on the model certificates. This is an easy way to add your custom logo or signature files. However if you use a print quality (e.g. 300 dpi) image for either, it will show up as an enormous image on your certificate. You can move the location of the image by changing the numbers in the two lines of code shown below (the first for "seals" or logos; the second for the "signature" image). The first number in each line dictates the X (left/right) position on the page. The second number dictates the Y (up/down) position on the page. The numbers determine the upper left portion of the image; a larger number moves the image right or down. If you add a second set of numbers to each line (fill in where the paired apostrophes are after 425 or 440) you can control the size of the image. So the 3rd number in the set of four indicates the horizontal size while the 4th number in the set determines the vertical size. You will need to add the second set of numbers if you want to use print quality images.<br />
<br />
In the certificate/type/’type your are using’/certificate.php file look for the following lines:<br />
<br />
<code php>print_seal($certificate->printseal, $orientation, 590, 425, '', '');<br />
<br />
print_signature($certificate->printsignature, $orientation, 130, 440, '', '');</code><br />
<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://promoodle.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=cat_view&gid=16&Itemid=67 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://promoodle.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=cat_view&gid=16&Itemid=67 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
* [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB-334 Patch to enable linking] to [[Face-to-face module|Face-to-Face]] contributed module.<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58643Development:Certificate Module2009-06-22T18:51:55Z<p>Me: /* PDF Style */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Style ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
The new printtext function accepts html and wraps long lines.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. x,y variables for text, x,y,w,h variables for border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.<br />
<br />
=== Certificate Creation ===<br />
<br />
There will be a new option: Reissue Certificates that can be set upon certificate creation. If this option is set to Yes, then each time a user clicks to receive a certificate, a new entry will be made in the certificate_issues table with new date, grade, code, etc. Report.php and index.php will show only the last created certificate for each student(?). This code development was supported by Lester Cunningham.<br />
<br />
The activity locking code will no longer be available. The certificate will instead use the core conditional activities code. Any previous certificates using the activity locking code will have to be updated (edited and re-set) upon upgrade.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58506Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T16:16:40Z<p>Me: /* Certificate Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Style ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. x,y variables for text, x,y,w,h variables for border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.<br />
<br />
=== Certificate Creation ===<br />
<br />
There will be a new option: Reissue Certificates that can be set upon certificate creation. If this option is set to Yes, then each time a user clicks to receive a certificate, a new entry will be made in the certificate_issues table with new date, grade, code, etc. Report.php and index.php will show only the last created certificate for each student(?). This code development was supported by Lester Cunningham.<br />
<br />
The activity locking code will no longer be available. The certificate will instead use the core conditional activities code. Any previous certificates using the activity locking code will have to be updated (edited and re-set) upon upgrade.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58505Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T16:07:19Z<p>Me: /* PDF Style */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Style ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. x,y variables for text, x,y,w,h variables for border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.<br />
<br />
=== Certificate Creation ===<br />
<br />
There will be a new option: Reissue Certificate that can be set upon certificate creation. If this option is set to Yes, then each time a user clicks to receive a certificate, a new entry will be made in the certificate_issues table with new date, grade, code, etc. Report.php and index.php will show only the last created certificate for each student(?). This code development was supported by Lester Cunningham.<br />
<br />
The activity locking code will no longer be available. The certificate will instead use the core conditional activities code. Any previous certificates using the activity locking code will have to be updated (edited and re-set) upon upgrade.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58504Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T16:06:16Z<p>Me: /* PDF Style */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Style ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. x,y variables for text, x,y,w,h variables for border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Certificate Creation ===<br />
<br />
There will be a new option: Reissue Certificate that can be set upon certificate creation. If this option is set to Yes, then each time a user clicks to receive a certificate, a new entry will be made in the certificate_issues table with new date, grade, code, etc. Report.php and index.php will show only the last created certificate for each student(?). This code development was supported by Lester Cunningham.<br />
<br />
The activity locking code will no longer be available. The certificate will instead use the core conditional activities code. Any previous certificates using the activity locking code will have to be updated (edited and re-set) upon upgrade.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58503Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T16:00:32Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Style ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. x,y variables for text, x,y,w,h variables for border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== PDF Style ===</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58502Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:59:59Z<p>Me: /* PDF Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Style ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. x,y variables for text, x,y,w,h variables for border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58501Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:54:43Z<p>Me: /* PDF Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Creation ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. x,y variables for text, x,y,w,h variables for border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58500Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:52:28Z<p>Me: /* PDF Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Creation ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. text, seal, border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.<br />
<br />
Each certificate is now created with the pdf title set as the certificate name.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58499Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:50:54Z<p>Me: /* PDF Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Creation ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The default types will use the dejavusans font for embedding, and Helvetica and Times for non-embedded fonts. Non-embedded fonts are recommended whenever possible to greatly reduce the size of the pdf.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. text, seal, border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58498Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:46:52Z<p>Me: /* PDF Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Creation ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib used to print a certificate has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified using SetLineStyle and Rect and cert_printtext now uses writeHTMLCell.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon certificate creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h (e.g. text, seal, border, etc.) each now have two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58497Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:41:43Z<p>Me: /* PDF Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Creation ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types. This means that any custom made certificate types will have to be updated accordingly.<br />
<br />
The types have been updated to reflect new tcpdf code, e.g. text is printed using write_html.<br />
<br />
All $x, $y, $w,$h are now two sets of variables--one for landscape and one for portrait, making it easier to customize placement and images.<br />
<br />
Watermark images are now printed with an alpha setting, making it easier to customize a watermark image.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58496Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:34:44Z<p>Me: /* PDF Creation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Creation ===<br />
<br />
The certificate will no longer use the fpdf library, it will use only the tcpdf library via the new lib/pdflib.php which will be called from view.php.<br />
<br />
The code in lib has been updated to reflect new options in tcpdf, e.g. the draw_frame functions have been simplified.<br />
<br />
Orientation is now a variable (an option chosen upon creation).<br />
<br />
There will be four new default certificate types dependent upon paper size (A4 or Letter) and font embedding (embedded or non-embedded). db/upgrade has been modified so that upon upgrade, previous landscape certificate types will upgraded with the landscape orientation and portrait types will be upgraded with the new portrait orientation. Previous certificate types will be changed to their appropriate new types.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58495Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:28:17Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==<br />
<br />
=== PDF Creation ===</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=58494Development:Certificate Module2009-06-20T15:26:57Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 2.0 ==</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Integrations&diff=38171Integrations2008-06-24T15:30:49Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div><p class="note">'''Note:''' This article requires updating. Please add/remove systems as necessary.</p><br />
<br />
Moodle has been integrated with a variety of other systems. This page lists the most commonly-used ones.<br />
<br />
<br />
==SME Server==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.83<br />
* Moodle is maintained as 2 RPM packages, moodle and smeserver-moodle which means that if you run the SME Server operating system, you can install Moodle very easily.<br />
* Maintainer: http://www.dungog.net/wiki<br />
* SME Server Moodle Documentation: http://wiki.contribs.org/Moodle<br />
<br />
==Debian==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.6+<br />
* Moodle is maintained as a Debian package, which means that if you run the Debian operating system, you can install Moodle very easily.<br />
* Maintainer: Isaac Clerencian<br />
* Debian Bug report logs: http://bugs.debian.org/moodle<br />
* Debian download: http://packages.debian.org/moodle<br />
<br />
==FreeBSD==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.5+<br />
* Moodle is available as two packages for FreeBSD, one for MySQL and one for PostgreSQL.<br />
* Maintainer: Kevin Lo<br />
* FreeBSD download: ftp://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/3.8/packages/<br />
<br />
==Fantastico==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.8.4<br />
* The Fantastico system for Cpanel provides one-click installation for a [http://netenberg.com/fantastico_scripts.php number of open-source software packages]. Moodle has been part of Fantastico for years now as the standard package for Education within the suite. The majority of cheap web hosts on the Internet use Fantastico allowing you to install Moodle with a single click.<br />
* Discussion: http://www.netenberg.com/forum/<br />
* Maintainer: Netenberg<br />
* Fantastico De Luxe: http://netenberg.com/fantastico.php<br />
<br />
Here is a sample of what Moodlers have reported about their experiences with Fantastico over the last few months in the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?f=15 Installation Problems forum], in chronological order, starting with the oldest:<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=63765#287608<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=64372#290265<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=67127#p301944<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=67397#p303165<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=77219<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=80337#p356281<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=80672#p362259<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=80672#p365671<br />
<br />
==4PSA Integrator==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.4.4+<br />
* This product is just like Fantastico, but for the less-common Plesk control panel. And yes, Moodle is in there too.<br />
* Maintainer: 4PSA<br />
* 4PSA Integrator: http://www.4psa.com/products/4psaintegrator.php<br />
<br />
==Joomla==<br />
<br />
* A Joomla component (1.3 and 1.5) that, when added as a Joomla menu link, will log Joomla users into Moodle.<br />
* Can use either Joomla authentication (with Moodle using the external database authentication plugin) or Moodle authentication (with Joomla using the available Moodle authentication plugin).<br />
* For more information see:<br />
**http://promoodle.com<br />
<br />
==Mambo-Moodle 1.0==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.4<br />
* This is a module for Mambo that allows it to merge very nicely with a Moodle installation.<br />
* Maintainer: Cas Nuy<br />
* Download: http://download.moodle.org/download.php/modules/mambo_moodle.zip<br />
<br />
==Mediawiki==<br />
<br />
* For information on this integration (still in early stages), see:<br />
** http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=52497<br />
** http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=42233&mode=-1<br />
** [[AuthMoodle]]<br />
** [[MediawikiSSO]]<br />
<br />
==Moodle Cron for Windows 2.0==<br />
<br />
* This Windows package installs a service to automate some tasks on Windows servers (on Unix servers and most webhosts you can just use the built-in cron tool).<br />
* Maintainer: Peter Honan, Petr Skoda<br />
* Download: http://download.moodle.org/download.php/sourceforge/MoodleCron-Setup.exe<br />
<br />
==Moodle4Xoops==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.4<br />
* This module for Xoops allows Moodle to be embedded in Xoops.<br />
* Maintainer: Jerome Baudin<br />
* http://www.moodle4xoops.org/<br />
<br />
AS of 3/21/2007 I was not able to locate this URL.<br />
<br />
==pnMoodle==<br />
<br />
* This is a module for PostNuke and Moodle that allows an existing Moodle installation to appear within a PostNuke installation, with single sign-on and even sideblocks.<br />
* Maintainer: Cas Nuy<br />
* Downloads: http://download.moodle.org/download.php/modules/pnMoodle.zip and http://download.moodle.org/download.php/modules/pnMoodle20.zip<br />
<br />
==Drupal Moodle==<br />
'''SSO Module'''<br />
* This is a single signon module for Drupal.<br />
* Maintainer: Cas Nuy<br />
* Download: http://download.moodle.org/download.php/modules/drupal_moodle.zip<br />
<br />
* Update (Victor Kane)<br />
* Fri Dec 8<br />
* Version of this module which supports the new Drupal 5.0 beta and Moodle 1.7.x<br />
* Page: http://awebfactory.com.ar/node/174<br />
* Download: http://awebfactory.com.ar/files/moodle.tgz<br />
<br />
'''OpenAcademic'''<br />
* An approach emphasizing Single Sign On using [http://openid.net OpenID] to connect Drupal, Moodle and Mediawiki. [http://openacademic.org OpenAcademic] is also looking at methods of moving content between Drupal and Moodle. This project looks to create a system simple enough for a small school/organization to install, yet robust enough to scale upwards (with the right hardware/staffing) to support large institutions. All code developed with this project will be released back to the open source community.<br />
<br />
==Workforce Connections==<br />
<br />
* For Moodle 1.3<br />
* Moodle forms the core of this US Government package designed to "Empower the 21st Century Knowledge Worker".<br />
* Maintainer: U.S. Department of Labor<br />
* http://workforceconnections.dol.gov/<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
<br />
*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=88750 Moodle 1.8.3/Drupal 5.6 Integration - Successful] forum discussion<br />
<br />
[[Category:Administrator]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=38098Certificate module2008-06-23T14:42:34Z<p>Me: /* Tips & Tricks */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. An optional block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates. To install: Place the certificates folder in your root (main) moodle folder and upload to your server. Place the my_certificates block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
===Certificate Verification Block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student. To install: Place the verify_certificate block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
See also: [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Installing_contributed_modules_or_plugins]<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
1. Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
2. In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
3. After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=38097Certificate module2008-06-23T14:35:34Z<p>Me: /* Certificate validation block */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. An optional block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates. To install: Place the certificates folder in your root (main) moodle folder and upload to your server. Place the my_certificates block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
===Certificate Verification Block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student. To install: Place the verify_certificate block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
See also: [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Installing_contributed_modules_or_plugins]<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
1. Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
2. In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
3. After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=38096Certificate module2008-06-23T14:32:40Z<p>Me: /* Certificate validation block */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. An optional block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates. To install: Place the certificates folder in your root (main) moodle folder and upload to your server. Place the my_certificates block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student. To install: Place the verify_certificate block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
See also: [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Installing_contributed_modules_or_plugins]<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
1. Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
2. In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
3. After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=38095Certificate module2008-06-23T14:30:13Z<p>Me: /* Certificate Site-wide Report */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. An optional block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates. To install: Place the certificates folder in your root (main) moodle folder and upload to your server. Place the my_certificates block folder under your moodle/blocks folder, upload to your server and click on the Administration>>Notifications link to install.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
See also: [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Installing_contributed_modules_or_plugins]<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
1. Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
2. In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
3. After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=38094Certificate module2008-06-23T14:23:42Z<p>Me: /* Installing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
See also: [https://docs.moodle.org/en/Installing_contributed_modules_or_plugins]<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
1. Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
2. In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
3. After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37906Certificate module2008-06-19T18:18:40Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
NOTE: Before doing any changes to code:<br />
<br />
1. Try it on a local testing install first, if possible.<br />
2. In Administration>>Server set debugging to maximum (to show any coding error messages).<br />
3. After each change to the code (for example, after adding a new string to the certificate lang file), go to your course page and click on a certificate to test.<br />
<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37757Certificate module2008-06-16T17:58:02Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37754Certificate module2008-06-16T17:18:44Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br> <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37753Certificate module2008-06-16T17:18:27Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br> <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that'; <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37752Certificate module2008-06-16T17:12:58Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT'; <br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that'; <br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37751Certificate module2008-06-16T17:12:08Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br />
<br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37750Certificate module2008-06-16T17:11:42Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37749Certificate module2008-06-16T17:11:09Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Adding Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37748Certificate module2008-06-16T17:09:41Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Images:'''<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
'''Changing Printed Text:'''<br />
<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Adding a New Line of Text:'''<br />
<br />
1. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add your new lang string giving it a unique name, e.g.:<br />
$string['mynewtext'] = 'This is what I want to print on the certificate';<br />
<br />
2. Open the file for your certificate type, e.g. certificate/type/landscape/certificate.php. At the bottom of the page below '// Add Text' is the code that prints--you guessed it--text on the certificate. Find the current line below which you would like your new text to be printed. For example, if you want your text to print below the course name, find the line:<br />
cert_printtext(170, 330, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode($classname));<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your new text using the name you gave your new lang string like this:<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Helvetica', '', 20, utf8_decode(get_string('mynewtext', 'certificate')));<br />
<br />
4. You can adjust the placement over from the left by increasing or decreasing the '170' number.<br />
You can adjust the placement down on the page by increasing or decreasing the '350' number.<br />
Changing 'C' to 'L' or 'R' will print on the left or right side. <br />
For different fonts, see the moodle/lib/fpdf font folder for non-unicode types, and the moodle/lib/tcpdf/fonts folder for unicode types, for available fonts. (NOTE: for unicode certificates, using more than one font is NOT recommended since the entire font gets embedded in the certificate--increasing the certificate file size.)<br />
In the '' after the font name, you can add 'B' for bold, 'I' for italic, or 'U' for underline.<br />
Changing the '10' number will change the font size. <br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field:'''<br />
<br />
You can easily add additional personal student information to print on a certificate.<br />
1. Choose one of the user profile fields for your info, good choices are: ID Number, Institution or Department. <br />
<br />
2. Same as step 2 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
3. Add a new line below that to print your info like this: <br />
<br />
cert_printtext(170, 350, 'C', 'Times', '', 10, utf8_decode($USER->idnumber));<br />
<br />
Or, change idnumber to institution, or department.<br />
<br />
4. Same as step 4 from 'Adding a New Line of Text' above.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=37746Certificate module2008-06-16T16:17:56Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
'''A Custom Type:'''<br />
<br />
You can create your own custom certificate type to choose when adding a certificate to a course. This is a good idea so you won't lose your changes when upgrading.<br />
<br />
1. Choose the certificate/type folder with the size/orientation you desire, copy and paste it and give it a new name, e.g. 'mycertificate'. <br />
<br />
2. Open the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file and add the name of your new type, e.g.:<br />
<br />
$string['typemycertificate'] = 'My Certificate';<br />
<br />
Now, when you add a certificate to a course, you can choose your new type.<br />
<br />
'''Images:'''<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
<br />
'''Printed Text:'''<br />
There are different lang strings in the certificate/lang/en_utf8/certificate.php file for each certificate type, so be sure to change the correct one for the type you are using (or create your own custom type--see above). For example, if you want to customize the text for the landscape type, you can change these lines in the above mentioned lang file:<br />
<br />
Default:<br />
$string['titlelandscape'] = 'CERTIFICATE of ACHIEVEMENT';<br />
$string['introlandscape'] = 'This is to certify that';<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has completed the course';<br />
<br />
Customized:<br />
$string['statementlandscape'] = 'has successfully passed the final exam';<br />
<br />
'''Printing Info from a Profile Field'''<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7163 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Activity_Locking&diff=35122Development:Activity Locking2008-04-23T14:49:54Z<p>Me: /* Table of Versions */</p>
<hr />
<div>Activity Locking is an external module which sets up conditions that a student must reach before they can start(unlock) a Moodle activity. These criterion generally include time spent, score or completed. The conditions can be applied to more than one activity or resource for a each lock. <br />
<br />
<br />
=Overview=<br />
This page is an attempt to consolidate and explain the available activity locking (AL) code that is present for Moodle 1.5 to 1.7. This page will hopefully help explain all the available versions and their respective features. Some of the reference here will overlap with the existing MoodleDoc page covering [[Conditional activities]].<br />
<br />
=Types of activity locking code=<br />
For the purpose of this MoodleDoc article: AL is any code that allows the user to make decisions on the next available resource or item the student will be able to use based on student events or quiz performance. There is some activity locking code that is very quick and dirty to simply lock future activities and then there is much more complex code based on the conditional activity though structure which attempts to progress the student through the course in a thought out progression based on activities and performance. Again we hope to clarify some of this here.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 0.1 (Bernard Boucher)==<br />
Bernard started all this with a hack to lock quiz and resources in [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=2948#12825 october 2003]. The certificate based on a quiz score was added in [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=9766#59875 september 2004] with version 0.7. It was a great start!<br />
<br />
== AL Branch 2.0 for Moodle 1.6 (Stuart Mayor)==<br />
*This has been virtually a complete rewrite and as such there are areas of functionality the were available in older versions of AL that are not in this. <br />
<br />
* Conditional locking: Lock based on a user's performance in previous activities. You can also choose to unlock and activity if a user scores less than a certain grade.<br />
* Show activity completion: The checkbox that appears before each activity to show it have been done.<br />
* A variation on this also hides future activities, see AL Branch 2.2 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner-Chardelle Busch) below.<br />
* Bernard Boucher reworked Stuart's version for Moolde 1.6, initially on June 20, 2006 and updated on July 10, 2006 posted [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/activityLocking2_0_for_1_6_july1006.zip '''Activity Locking V 2.0 for Moodle 1.6'''] on [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863#220125 Activity Locking v3 or v2 for testing only].<br />
<br />
*Downloaded the ..1.6_July10006.zip and installed it on a clean 1.6.3 localhost Windows XP machine. The language file did not have all the required fields. Spent time editing the lock.php file (not good at it) adding lines. But it worked. --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:42, 20 October 2006 (CDT) <br />
<br />
===Installation for 2.1 for Moodle 1.6(Stuart Mayor)===<br />
'''activitylocking20051201.zip''' the initial version<br />
<br />
* Firstly, you need the stable build of Moodle 1.6. This version of AL might work on earlier releases but I didn't write it with them in mind and I certainly can't support them.<br />
Next, you need to modify one table in the database and add a new one (I use phpmyadmin for this). <br />
<br />
*I downloaded a copy of the above zip ..20051201. Had to move the lang file from en to en_ut8f . Worked on my 1.6.3 localhost test course. --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:37, 20 October 2006 (CDT) <br />
<br />
====Details of install====<br />
* The table you need to modify is mdl_course_modules and you need to add the following fields:<br />
completedbox TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'<br />
completedscore VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL<br />
completedstyle VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL<br />
lockedbox TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '1'<br />
lockedstyle VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'locked'<br />
lockedvisible TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '1'<br />
delay INT(10) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'<br />
<br />
* The table you need to create is as follows:<br />
CREATE TABLE `mdl_course_locks` (<br />
`id` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL auto_increment,<br />
`courseid` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',<br />
`locktype` varchar(10) NOT NULL default '',<br />
`targetid` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',<br />
`locks` longtext NOT NULL,<br />
PRIMARY KEY (`id`)<br />
) TYPE=MyISAM COMMENT='Contains locks for sections and modules';<br />
* Lastly, you need to copy the following files from the zip file:<br />
lib/moodlelib.php to moodle/lib/moodlelib.php<br />
lib/locklib.php to moodle/lib/locklib.php<br />
course/lib.php to moodle/course/lib.php<br />
course/lock.php to moodle/course/lock.php<br />
course/mod.php to moodle/course/mod.php<br />
course/settings.html to moodle/course/settings.html<br />
pix/t/open.gif to moodle/pix/t/open.gif<br />
pix/t/closed.gif to moodle/pix/t/closed.gif<br />
lang/en/lock.php to moodle/lang/en/lock.php<br />
<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 2.2 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner-Chardelle Busch and others)==<br />
John's versionincludes the settings tab--making it possible to set the hide/visible options, as well as the completion (a checkmark in front of a resource/activity) options, says Chardelle. <br />
* A variation on Stuart Mayor's 2.1, it hides topics dependent upon conditions set on specific activities/resources '''ALV2_1_debug.ZIP''' (John). Had bug which Benard tweaked out.<br />
* A build of Stuarts Mayor's 2.1 it locks and/or hides specific activities depending upon conditions set on specific activities/resources. Had bug which Benard tweaked out.<br />
* A tweak by Bernard Boucher on June 27, 2006 was posted [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488&parent=222516 moodle/lib/locklib.php file] and called '''locklib.zip''' seems to fix known bug in both the above downloads.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 2.4 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner)==<br />
Further development of the 2.2 as a hack (no installation function).<br />
:<br />
'''WARNING:'''<br />
:Because of some changes, this version may '''not''' be completely compatible to previous versions!<br />
Status:<br />
:Released, but you still should try it '''before''' implementing it on a production server.<br />
:<br />
In this version:<br />
* Supports module '''and''' section locks<br />
* Parallel locking and completing modules '''and''' sections<br />
* CSS style and checkbox for locking and completing<br />
* Hide when locked<br />
* Language support and help<br />
* Readme for features and installation<br />
* SQL commands for DB update<br />
* Info on how to update the CSS style sheets<br />
<br />
FYI: Did a download on a clean complete package install of 1.6.3 localhost Windows XP. Seemed to work. No editing neeed on lang/lock.php. After unpacking file (see table below) and droping into moodle folder, went to database and imported the MySQL script found in moodle/course/MySQL.sql . --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:32, 20 October 2006 (CDT)<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 3.s for Moodle 1.6 (Stuart Mayor)==<br />
Similar to the 2.x versions. Major difference is that a question to the student unlocks activities. Being actively developed and tested.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 3.1 for Moodle 1.7 (Bernard Boucher & Stuart Mayor)==<br />
Bernard has updated AL for 1.7 and it is being tested--[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 07:18, 12 March 2007 (CDT)<br />
<br />
==CA Branch 1.0 for Moodle 1.5.2 (Borja Rubio Reyes)==<br />
Details and discussed in the thread "[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697 NEW research on CONDITIONAL ACTIVITIES in Moodle]"<br />
<br />
==Score Lock for Moodle 1.6x (John Gschnaidner)==<br />
As announced, this is a ongoing development for Activity Locking v2.4, with a couple of new features.<br />
For further information please refer to<br />
:"[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Score_Lock moodle Docs: '''Score Lock''']"<br />
Score Lock is scheduled for beta release until middle of September 2006.<br />
<br />
= Table of Versions =<br />
{| border="3" padding="4"<br />
|+ Activity Locking updates<br />
! -Version- <br />
! Moodle version<br />
! Who<br />
! Status<br />
! MySql Install<br />
! Docs<br />
! Download<br />
! Teacher Interface <br />
! Hide Option<br />
! Completion Box Option<br />
! Section Lock <br />
! Quiz Question <br />
! Comments <br />
! Feature <br />
! Bug <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 3.0<br />
| 1.5.2<br />
| Stuart Mayor<br />
| not finished<br />
|<br />
|[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/214752/Activity_Locking_20060317.7z]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.5 ?<br />
| 1.9<br />
| Chardelle Busch, ProMoodle.com<br />
| Enhanced<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=92731]<br />
| <br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.4<br />
| 1.6<br />
| John Gschnaidner<br />
| released<br />
| manual<br />
|[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=50835]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/241994/ALv2.4.7z]<br />
| Tabs<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes <br />
| looks good<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/244338/locking.php]<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.3<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Stuart Mayor<br />
| Testing<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/164285/activitylocking20051201.zip]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.2<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Gschnaidner, Mayor, Busch<br />
| Testing<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=47906]<br />
| <br />
| Tabs<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes<br />
| almost<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.2+<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=77907]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_182_Sept25_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.2<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=77907]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_182_August13_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.1<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=74477#p332097]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_181_June22_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.7.1<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65175#p300414]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_171_Feb1907.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.7<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Chris Throup <br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65175#p300414]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/302505/Activity_Locking_for_Moodle_1.7_.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=31627#152788]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/activityLocking2_0_for_1_6_july1006.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| C A 1.0<br />
| 1.5.2<br />
| Borja Rubio Reyes, David Delgado<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|<br />
| Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=General installation instructions DRAFT=<br />
==Short instructions==<br />
#Find and download the correct version of AL for your version of Moodle. This is a zip file.<br />
#Extract the zipped file's folders and files in you Moodle root directory. This will put the right files in their proper directory. <br />
#As Administrator, go to the admin block for the Moodle site. This should start the automatic install process.<br />
<br />
==Tips and FAQs==<br />
*Activity Locking (AL) is a non-standard Moodle feature. Testing on a Moodle that is similar to your production Moodle is advisible. For example, a localhost installation.<br />
*Since all versions of AL change the Moodle MySQL file structure, it is advisable to do a backup before installing AL. <br />
*Upgrading either Moodle or AL and things don't work? A common forum suggestion is to reinstall AL with the proper version that is designed for the Moodle version.<br />
*AL installs but does not seem to lock? Be sure you are logged in as a student. Logging in as a teacher and then "viewing as as student" or changing roles to a student, will not give consistant results in Activity Locking.<br />
*AL icons initially show in edit mode but then disappear. It has been reported that this occurs when AJAX is enabled in 1.8 - disable AJAX and they should reappear. (.../admin/settings.php?section=experimental)<br />
<br />
=See Also=<br />
*[[Adding_activity_locks]] will give the reader an idea of what one of the flavors of Activity Locking looks like for a student and teacher setting it up. <br />
<br />
Please visit the Moodle Forum for more information concerning Activity Locking and Conditional Activities-<br />
<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488#220984: AL v2.1-M1.6] titled Activity Locking v2.1 (for Moodle 1.6)<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863: AL v3.0-Mx] titled Activity Locking v3<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697 AL v3.0-DD] titled NEW research on CONDITIONAL ACTIVITIES in Moodle<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=31627&parent=152788: AL v2.1 LALR] titled Latest Activity Locking Release started 19 October 2005<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=4295<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=47906&parent=221613 AL v2.1 wH1.6] titled Re: Certificate for 1.6 with security in Activity Modules forum<br />
<br />
There is a very specialized-limited type of activity locking under a lesson (activity) setting called dependency in 1.6. See: *https://docs.moodle.org/en/Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on . <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Developer]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Activity_Locking&diff=35121Development:Activity Locking2008-04-23T14:49:00Z<p>Me: /* Table of Versions */</p>
<hr />
<div>Activity Locking is an external module which sets up conditions that a student must reach before they can start(unlock) a Moodle activity. These criterion generally include time spent, score or completed. The conditions can be applied to more than one activity or resource for a each lock. <br />
<br />
<br />
=Overview=<br />
This page is an attempt to consolidate and explain the available activity locking (AL) code that is present for Moodle 1.5 to 1.7. This page will hopefully help explain all the available versions and their respective features. Some of the reference here will overlap with the existing MoodleDoc page covering [[Conditional activities]].<br />
<br />
=Types of activity locking code=<br />
For the purpose of this MoodleDoc article: AL is any code that allows the user to make decisions on the next available resource or item the student will be able to use based on student events or quiz performance. There is some activity locking code that is very quick and dirty to simply lock future activities and then there is much more complex code based on the conditional activity though structure which attempts to progress the student through the course in a thought out progression based on activities and performance. Again we hope to clarify some of this here.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 0.1 (Bernard Boucher)==<br />
Bernard started all this with a hack to lock quiz and resources in [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=2948#12825 october 2003]. The certificate based on a quiz score was added in [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=9766#59875 september 2004] with version 0.7. It was a great start!<br />
<br />
== AL Branch 2.0 for Moodle 1.6 (Stuart Mayor)==<br />
*This has been virtually a complete rewrite and as such there are areas of functionality the were available in older versions of AL that are not in this. <br />
<br />
* Conditional locking: Lock based on a user's performance in previous activities. You can also choose to unlock and activity if a user scores less than a certain grade.<br />
* Show activity completion: The checkbox that appears before each activity to show it have been done.<br />
* A variation on this also hides future activities, see AL Branch 2.2 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner-Chardelle Busch) below.<br />
* Bernard Boucher reworked Stuart's version for Moolde 1.6, initially on June 20, 2006 and updated on July 10, 2006 posted [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/activityLocking2_0_for_1_6_july1006.zip '''Activity Locking V 2.0 for Moodle 1.6'''] on [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863#220125 Activity Locking v3 or v2 for testing only].<br />
<br />
*Downloaded the ..1.6_July10006.zip and installed it on a clean 1.6.3 localhost Windows XP machine. The language file did not have all the required fields. Spent time editing the lock.php file (not good at it) adding lines. But it worked. --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:42, 20 October 2006 (CDT) <br />
<br />
===Installation for 2.1 for Moodle 1.6(Stuart Mayor)===<br />
'''activitylocking20051201.zip''' the initial version<br />
<br />
* Firstly, you need the stable build of Moodle 1.6. This version of AL might work on earlier releases but I didn't write it with them in mind and I certainly can't support them.<br />
Next, you need to modify one table in the database and add a new one (I use phpmyadmin for this). <br />
<br />
*I downloaded a copy of the above zip ..20051201. Had to move the lang file from en to en_ut8f . Worked on my 1.6.3 localhost test course. --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:37, 20 October 2006 (CDT) <br />
<br />
====Details of install====<br />
* The table you need to modify is mdl_course_modules and you need to add the following fields:<br />
completedbox TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'<br />
completedscore VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL<br />
completedstyle VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL<br />
lockedbox TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '1'<br />
lockedstyle VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'locked'<br />
lockedvisible TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '1'<br />
delay INT(10) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'<br />
<br />
* The table you need to create is as follows:<br />
CREATE TABLE `mdl_course_locks` (<br />
`id` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL auto_increment,<br />
`courseid` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',<br />
`locktype` varchar(10) NOT NULL default '',<br />
`targetid` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',<br />
`locks` longtext NOT NULL,<br />
PRIMARY KEY (`id`)<br />
) TYPE=MyISAM COMMENT='Contains locks for sections and modules';<br />
* Lastly, you need to copy the following files from the zip file:<br />
lib/moodlelib.php to moodle/lib/moodlelib.php<br />
lib/locklib.php to moodle/lib/locklib.php<br />
course/lib.php to moodle/course/lib.php<br />
course/lock.php to moodle/course/lock.php<br />
course/mod.php to moodle/course/mod.php<br />
course/settings.html to moodle/course/settings.html<br />
pix/t/open.gif to moodle/pix/t/open.gif<br />
pix/t/closed.gif to moodle/pix/t/closed.gif<br />
lang/en/lock.php to moodle/lang/en/lock.php<br />
<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 2.2 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner-Chardelle Busch and others)==<br />
John's versionincludes the settings tab--making it possible to set the hide/visible options, as well as the completion (a checkmark in front of a resource/activity) options, says Chardelle. <br />
* A variation on Stuart Mayor's 2.1, it hides topics dependent upon conditions set on specific activities/resources '''ALV2_1_debug.ZIP''' (John). Had bug which Benard tweaked out.<br />
* A build of Stuarts Mayor's 2.1 it locks and/or hides specific activities depending upon conditions set on specific activities/resources. Had bug which Benard tweaked out.<br />
* A tweak by Bernard Boucher on June 27, 2006 was posted [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488&parent=222516 moodle/lib/locklib.php file] and called '''locklib.zip''' seems to fix known bug in both the above downloads.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 2.4 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner)==<br />
Further development of the 2.2 as a hack (no installation function).<br />
:<br />
'''WARNING:'''<br />
:Because of some changes, this version may '''not''' be completely compatible to previous versions!<br />
Status:<br />
:Released, but you still should try it '''before''' implementing it on a production server.<br />
:<br />
In this version:<br />
* Supports module '''and''' section locks<br />
* Parallel locking and completing modules '''and''' sections<br />
* CSS style and checkbox for locking and completing<br />
* Hide when locked<br />
* Language support and help<br />
* Readme for features and installation<br />
* SQL commands for DB update<br />
* Info on how to update the CSS style sheets<br />
<br />
FYI: Did a download on a clean complete package install of 1.6.3 localhost Windows XP. Seemed to work. No editing neeed on lang/lock.php. After unpacking file (see table below) and droping into moodle folder, went to database and imported the MySQL script found in moodle/course/MySQL.sql . --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:32, 20 October 2006 (CDT)<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 3.s for Moodle 1.6 (Stuart Mayor)==<br />
Similar to the 2.x versions. Major difference is that a question to the student unlocks activities. Being actively developed and tested.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 3.1 for Moodle 1.7 (Bernard Boucher & Stuart Mayor)==<br />
Bernard has updated AL for 1.7 and it is being tested--[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 07:18, 12 March 2007 (CDT)<br />
<br />
==CA Branch 1.0 for Moodle 1.5.2 (Borja Rubio Reyes)==<br />
Details and discussed in the thread "[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697 NEW research on CONDITIONAL ACTIVITIES in Moodle]"<br />
<br />
==Score Lock for Moodle 1.6x (John Gschnaidner)==<br />
As announced, this is a ongoing development for Activity Locking v2.4, with a couple of new features.<br />
For further information please refer to<br />
:"[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Score_Lock moodle Docs: '''Score Lock''']"<br />
Score Lock is scheduled for beta release until middle of September 2006.<br />
<br />
= Table of Versions =<br />
{| border="3" padding="4"<br />
|+ Activity Locking updates<br />
! -Version- <br />
! Moodle version<br />
! Who<br />
! Status<br />
! MySql Install<br />
! Docs<br />
! Download<br />
! Teacher Interface <br />
! Hide Option<br />
! Completion Box Option<br />
! Section Lock <br />
! Quiz Question <br />
! Comments <br />
! Feature <br />
! Bug <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 3.0<br />
| 1.5.2<br />
| Stuart Mayor<br />
| not finished<br />
|<br />
|[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/214752/Activity_Locking_20060317.7z]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.5 ?<br />
| 1.9<br />
| Chardelle Busch, ProMoodle.com<br />
| Enhanced<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=92731]<br />
| [http://promoodle.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=9&Itemid=65]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.4<br />
| 1.6<br />
| John Gschnaidner<br />
| released<br />
| manual<br />
|[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=50835]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/241994/ALv2.4.7z]<br />
| Tabs<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes <br />
| looks good<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/244338/locking.php]<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.3<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Stuart Mayor<br />
| Testing<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/164285/activitylocking20051201.zip]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.2<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Gschnaidner, Mayor, Busch<br />
| Testing<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=47906]<br />
| <br />
| Tabs<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes<br />
| almost<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.2+<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=77907]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_182_Sept25_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.2<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=77907]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_182_August13_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.1<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=74477#p332097]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_181_June22_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.7.1<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65175#p300414]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_171_Feb1907.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.7<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Chris Throup <br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65175#p300414]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/302505/Activity_Locking_for_Moodle_1.7_.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=31627#152788]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/activityLocking2_0_for_1_6_july1006.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| C A 1.0<br />
| 1.5.2<br />
| Borja Rubio Reyes, David Delgado<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|<br />
| Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=General installation instructions DRAFT=<br />
==Short instructions==<br />
#Find and download the correct version of AL for your version of Moodle. This is a zip file.<br />
#Extract the zipped file's folders and files in you Moodle root directory. This will put the right files in their proper directory. <br />
#As Administrator, go to the admin block for the Moodle site. This should start the automatic install process.<br />
<br />
==Tips and FAQs==<br />
*Activity Locking (AL) is a non-standard Moodle feature. Testing on a Moodle that is similar to your production Moodle is advisible. For example, a localhost installation.<br />
*Since all versions of AL change the Moodle MySQL file structure, it is advisable to do a backup before installing AL. <br />
*Upgrading either Moodle or AL and things don't work? A common forum suggestion is to reinstall AL with the proper version that is designed for the Moodle version.<br />
*AL installs but does not seem to lock? Be sure you are logged in as a student. Logging in as a teacher and then "viewing as as student" or changing roles to a student, will not give consistant results in Activity Locking.<br />
*AL icons initially show in edit mode but then disappear. It has been reported that this occurs when AJAX is enabled in 1.8 - disable AJAX and they should reappear. (.../admin/settings.php?section=experimental)<br />
<br />
=See Also=<br />
*[[Adding_activity_locks]] will give the reader an idea of what one of the flavors of Activity Locking looks like for a student and teacher setting it up. <br />
<br />
Please visit the Moodle Forum for more information concerning Activity Locking and Conditional Activities-<br />
<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488#220984: AL v2.1-M1.6] titled Activity Locking v2.1 (for Moodle 1.6)<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863: AL v3.0-Mx] titled Activity Locking v3<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697 AL v3.0-DD] titled NEW research on CONDITIONAL ACTIVITIES in Moodle<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=31627&parent=152788: AL v2.1 LALR] titled Latest Activity Locking Release started 19 October 2005<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=4295<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=47906&parent=221613 AL v2.1 wH1.6] titled Re: Certificate for 1.6 with security in Activity Modules forum<br />
<br />
There is a very specialized-limited type of activity locking under a lesson (activity) setting called dependency in 1.6. See: *https://docs.moodle.org/en/Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on . <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Developer]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Activity_Locking&diff=35120Development:Activity Locking2008-04-23T14:47:52Z<p>Me: /* AL Branch 2.2 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner-Chardelle Busch and others) */</p>
<hr />
<div>Activity Locking is an external module which sets up conditions that a student must reach before they can start(unlock) a Moodle activity. These criterion generally include time spent, score or completed. The conditions can be applied to more than one activity or resource for a each lock. <br />
<br />
<br />
=Overview=<br />
This page is an attempt to consolidate and explain the available activity locking (AL) code that is present for Moodle 1.5 to 1.7. This page will hopefully help explain all the available versions and their respective features. Some of the reference here will overlap with the existing MoodleDoc page covering [[Conditional activities]].<br />
<br />
=Types of activity locking code=<br />
For the purpose of this MoodleDoc article: AL is any code that allows the user to make decisions on the next available resource or item the student will be able to use based on student events or quiz performance. There is some activity locking code that is very quick and dirty to simply lock future activities and then there is much more complex code based on the conditional activity though structure which attempts to progress the student through the course in a thought out progression based on activities and performance. Again we hope to clarify some of this here.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 0.1 (Bernard Boucher)==<br />
Bernard started all this with a hack to lock quiz and resources in [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=2948#12825 october 2003]. The certificate based on a quiz score was added in [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=9766#59875 september 2004] with version 0.7. It was a great start!<br />
<br />
== AL Branch 2.0 for Moodle 1.6 (Stuart Mayor)==<br />
*This has been virtually a complete rewrite and as such there are areas of functionality the were available in older versions of AL that are not in this. <br />
<br />
* Conditional locking: Lock based on a user's performance in previous activities. You can also choose to unlock and activity if a user scores less than a certain grade.<br />
* Show activity completion: The checkbox that appears before each activity to show it have been done.<br />
* A variation on this also hides future activities, see AL Branch 2.2 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner-Chardelle Busch) below.<br />
* Bernard Boucher reworked Stuart's version for Moolde 1.6, initially on June 20, 2006 and updated on July 10, 2006 posted [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/activityLocking2_0_for_1_6_july1006.zip '''Activity Locking V 2.0 for Moodle 1.6'''] on [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863#220125 Activity Locking v3 or v2 for testing only].<br />
<br />
*Downloaded the ..1.6_July10006.zip and installed it on a clean 1.6.3 localhost Windows XP machine. The language file did not have all the required fields. Spent time editing the lock.php file (not good at it) adding lines. But it worked. --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:42, 20 October 2006 (CDT) <br />
<br />
===Installation for 2.1 for Moodle 1.6(Stuart Mayor)===<br />
'''activitylocking20051201.zip''' the initial version<br />
<br />
* Firstly, you need the stable build of Moodle 1.6. This version of AL might work on earlier releases but I didn't write it with them in mind and I certainly can't support them.<br />
Next, you need to modify one table in the database and add a new one (I use phpmyadmin for this). <br />
<br />
*I downloaded a copy of the above zip ..20051201. Had to move the lang file from en to en_ut8f . Worked on my 1.6.3 localhost test course. --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:37, 20 October 2006 (CDT) <br />
<br />
====Details of install====<br />
* The table you need to modify is mdl_course_modules and you need to add the following fields:<br />
completedbox TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'<br />
completedscore VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL<br />
completedstyle VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL<br />
lockedbox TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '1'<br />
lockedstyle VARCHAR(255) NOT NULL DEFAULT 'locked'<br />
lockedvisible TINYINT(1) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '1'<br />
delay INT(10) UNSIGNED NOT NULL DEFAULT '0'<br />
<br />
* The table you need to create is as follows:<br />
CREATE TABLE `mdl_course_locks` (<br />
`id` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL auto_increment,<br />
`courseid` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',<br />
`locktype` varchar(10) NOT NULL default '',<br />
`targetid` int(10) unsigned NOT NULL default '0',<br />
`locks` longtext NOT NULL,<br />
PRIMARY KEY (`id`)<br />
) TYPE=MyISAM COMMENT='Contains locks for sections and modules';<br />
* Lastly, you need to copy the following files from the zip file:<br />
lib/moodlelib.php to moodle/lib/moodlelib.php<br />
lib/locklib.php to moodle/lib/locklib.php<br />
course/lib.php to moodle/course/lib.php<br />
course/lock.php to moodle/course/lock.php<br />
course/mod.php to moodle/course/mod.php<br />
course/settings.html to moodle/course/settings.html<br />
pix/t/open.gif to moodle/pix/t/open.gif<br />
pix/t/closed.gif to moodle/pix/t/closed.gif<br />
lang/en/lock.php to moodle/lang/en/lock.php<br />
<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 2.2 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner-Chardelle Busch and others)==<br />
John's versionincludes the settings tab--making it possible to set the hide/visible options, as well as the completion (a checkmark in front of a resource/activity) options, says Chardelle. <br />
* A variation on Stuart Mayor's 2.1, it hides topics dependent upon conditions set on specific activities/resources '''ALV2_1_debug.ZIP''' (John). Had bug which Benard tweaked out.<br />
* A build of Stuarts Mayor's 2.1 it locks and/or hides specific activities depending upon conditions set on specific activities/resources. Had bug which Benard tweaked out.<br />
* A tweak by Bernard Boucher on June 27, 2006 was posted [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488&parent=222516 moodle/lib/locklib.php file] and called '''locklib.zip''' seems to fix known bug in both the above downloads.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 2.4 for Moodle 1.6 (John Gschnaidner)==<br />
Further development of the 2.2 as a hack (no installation function).<br />
:<br />
'''WARNING:'''<br />
:Because of some changes, this version may '''not''' be completely compatible to previous versions!<br />
Status:<br />
:Released, but you still should try it '''before''' implementing it on a production server.<br />
:<br />
In this version:<br />
* Supports module '''and''' section locks<br />
* Parallel locking and completing modules '''and''' sections<br />
* CSS style and checkbox for locking and completing<br />
* Hide when locked<br />
* Language support and help<br />
* Readme for features and installation<br />
* SQL commands for DB update<br />
* Info on how to update the CSS style sheets<br />
<br />
FYI: Did a download on a clean complete package install of 1.6.3 localhost Windows XP. Seemed to work. No editing neeed on lang/lock.php. After unpacking file (see table below) and droping into moodle folder, went to database and imported the MySQL script found in moodle/course/MySQL.sql . --[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 16:32, 20 October 2006 (CDT)<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 3.s for Moodle 1.6 (Stuart Mayor)==<br />
Similar to the 2.x versions. Major difference is that a question to the student unlocks activities. Being actively developed and tested.<br />
<br />
==AL Branch 3.1 for Moodle 1.7 (Bernard Boucher & Stuart Mayor)==<br />
Bernard has updated AL for 1.7 and it is being tested--[[User:chris collman|chris collman]] 07:18, 12 March 2007 (CDT)<br />
<br />
==CA Branch 1.0 for Moodle 1.5.2 (Borja Rubio Reyes)==<br />
Details and discussed in the thread "[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697 NEW research on CONDITIONAL ACTIVITIES in Moodle]"<br />
<br />
==Score Lock for Moodle 1.6x (John Gschnaidner)==<br />
As announced, this is a ongoing development for Activity Locking v2.4, with a couple of new features.<br />
For further information please refer to<br />
:"[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Score_Lock moodle Docs: '''Score Lock''']"<br />
Score Lock is scheduled for beta release until middle of September 2006.<br />
<br />
= Table of Versions =<br />
{| border="3" padding="4"<br />
|+ Activity Locking updates<br />
! -Version- <br />
! Moodle version<br />
! Who<br />
! Status<br />
! MySql Install<br />
! Docs<br />
! Download<br />
! Teacher Interface <br />
! Hide Option<br />
! Completion Box Option<br />
! Section Lock <br />
! Quiz Question <br />
! Comments <br />
! Feature <br />
! Bug <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 3.0<br />
| 1.5.2<br />
| Stuart Mayor<br />
| not finished<br />
|<br />
|[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/214752/Activity_Locking_20060317.7z]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.5 ?<br />
| 1.9<br />
| Chardelle Busch, ProMoodle.com<br />
| Enhanced<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=92731]<br />
| [http://promoodle.com/index.php?option=com_docman&task=doc_download&gid=9&Itemid=65]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.4<br />
| 1.6<br />
| John Gschnaidner<br />
| released<br />
| manual<br />
|[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=50835]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/241994/ALv2.4.7z]<br />
| Tabs<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes <br />
| looks good<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/244338/locking.php]<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.3<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Stuart Mayor<br />
| Testing<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/164285/activitylocking20051201.zip]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.2<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Gschnaidner, Mayor, Busch<br />
| Testing<br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=47906]<br />
| [http://proemployees.com/ActivityLockingWithHide-1.6.zip]<br />
| Tabs<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| Yes<br />
| almost<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.2+<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=77907]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_182_Sept25_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.2<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=77907]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_182_August13_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.8.1<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=74477#p332097]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_181_June22_07.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.7.1<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65175#p300414]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/Activity_Locking_V2_0_for_171_Feb1907.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.7<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Chris Throup <br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65175#p300414]<br />
| [http://moodle.org/file.php/5/moddata/forum/678/302505/Activity_Locking_for_Moodle_1.7_.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| AL 2.0<br />
| 1.6<br />
| Stuart Mayor, Bernard Boucher<br />
| Updated<br />
| Automatic<br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=31627#152788]<br />
| [http://206.167.134.155/bb/authoring1/activityLocking2_0_for_1_6_july1006.zip]<br />
| Padlock Icons<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| Yes<br />
| No<br />
| see above<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|-----<br />
| C A 1.0<br />
| 1.5.2<br />
| Borja Rubio Reyes, David Delgado<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697]<br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
| <br />
|<br />
| Yes<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=General installation instructions DRAFT=<br />
==Short instructions==<br />
#Find and download the correct version of AL for your version of Moodle. This is a zip file.<br />
#Extract the zipped file's folders and files in you Moodle root directory. This will put the right files in their proper directory. <br />
#As Administrator, go to the admin block for the Moodle site. This should start the automatic install process.<br />
<br />
==Tips and FAQs==<br />
*Activity Locking (AL) is a non-standard Moodle feature. Testing on a Moodle that is similar to your production Moodle is advisible. For example, a localhost installation.<br />
*Since all versions of AL change the Moodle MySQL file structure, it is advisable to do a backup before installing AL. <br />
*Upgrading either Moodle or AL and things don't work? A common forum suggestion is to reinstall AL with the proper version that is designed for the Moodle version.<br />
*AL installs but does not seem to lock? Be sure you are logged in as a student. Logging in as a teacher and then "viewing as as student" or changing roles to a student, will not give consistant results in Activity Locking.<br />
*AL icons initially show in edit mode but then disappear. It has been reported that this occurs when AJAX is enabled in 1.8 - disable AJAX and they should reappear. (.../admin/settings.php?section=experimental)<br />
<br />
=See Also=<br />
*[[Adding_activity_locks]] will give the reader an idea of what one of the flavors of Activity Locking looks like for a student and teacher setting it up. <br />
<br />
Please visit the Moodle Forum for more information concerning Activity Locking and Conditional Activities-<br />
<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=35488#220984: AL v2.1-M1.6] titled Activity Locking v2.1 (for Moodle 1.6)<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=46863: AL v3.0-Mx] titled Activity Locking v3<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=36697 AL v3.0-DD] titled NEW research on CONDITIONAL ACTIVITIES in Moodle<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=31627&parent=152788: AL v2.1 LALR] titled Latest Activity Locking Release started 19 October 2005<br />
* http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=4295<br />
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=47906&parent=221613 AL v2.1 wH1.6] titled Re: Certificate for 1.6 with security in Activity Modules forum<br />
<br />
There is a very specialized-limited type of activity locking under a lesson (activity) setting called dependency in 1.6. See: *https://docs.moodle.org/en/Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on . <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
[[Category:Developer]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34938Certificate module2008-04-18T14:47:45Z<p>Me: /* Settings */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
'''Images:''' To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34937Certificate module2008-04-18T14:38:17Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
'''Images:''' To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34936Certificate module2008-04-18T14:24:51Z<p>Me: /* Customizing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
To add your own image, place it in the appropriate mod/certificate/pix folder and upload it to your site. NOTE: Images must be in either jpeg or PNG 8 formats only! Your image will now appear in the dropdown corresponding to its folder.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34935Certificate module2008-04-18T14:21:46Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for <br />
every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==Customizing==<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34934Certificate module2008-04-18T14:18:37Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Busch] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34933Certificate module2008-04-18T14:17:48Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Bush] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc. <br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Busch has made sure Certificate is updated for every version through 1.9. The 1.9 version has a few more printing features and has expanded the number of activities upon which the teacher can set conditions for issuing a certificate to a student.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
<br />
The best trick to enable a conditional certificate is to upgrade to Moodle 1.9 and use the new Certificate version. The 1.9 Certificate allows the teacher to set a dependency on different activities.<br />
<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon successful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34273Certificate module2008-03-30T17:33:57Z<p>Me: /* Installing */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Bush] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc.<br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Bush has made sure Certificate is updated for every version through 1.9.<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area,<br />
#Copy the "certificate" folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db, lang and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, and click on the Notifications link in the administation block. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon sucessful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34272Certificate module2008-03-30T17:31:27Z<p>Me: /* Certificate report block */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Bush] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc.<br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Bush has made sure Certificate is updated for every version through 1.9.<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate Site-wide Report===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area, keep the paths<br />
#Find the folder that is called "Certificate" in the unpacked area<br />
#Copy that folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db,docs and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Copy the file called "certificate.php" in the folder called "yourLangfolder" to your language folder, for example yourhost\moodle\lang\en. Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, open up the administation block, configuration. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate plugin module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon sucessful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Certificate_module&diff=34271Certificate module2008-03-30T17:30:15Z<p>Me: /* Certificate report block */</p>
<hr />
<div>The '''Certificate module''' creates PDF certificates/diplomas for students of the course and is completely customizable. You can add borders, watermarks, seals and even show grade information. A contributed module, it was originally created by Hugo Salgado, July, 2004, updated by David T. Cannon, July, 2005 to use FPDF and include printing grades, updated and currently maintained by [http://moodle.org/user/view.php?id=3239&course=5 Chardelle Bush] to include backup/restore, types, reporting, emailing, unicode support, etc.<br />
<br />
There are different certificate modules for 1.6 and 1.7. They are not compatible. These instructions were written for 1.6. Chardelle Bush has made sure Certificate is updated for every version through 1.9.<br />
<br />
==Certificate companions==<br />
===Certificate report block===<br />
As of February 2008, there is a '''Certificate Site-wide Report''' which can be added in Moodle 1.9, as a supplement. This is an add-on to the certificate module--if installed, you will have an option when creating a certificate to send that certificate's info to the report. A block is included that provides a link to the report. Students will see a list of all received certificates. Administrators (or those who have the capability of viewing site reports) will see a link on the Certificate Report page to view/download a report of all students' received certificates.<br />
<br />
===Certificate validation block===<br />
A companion to the Certificate module for Moodle 1.9. This is a block with a form for entering a given certificate code for verification. The verification page shows the student name, course name, date received and grade (if a grade is printed on the certificate). The certificate code can be printed on a certificate. <br />
<br />
This feature is useful when a Registrar, supervisor or administrator wishes to verify that the printed certificate is valid for that student.<br />
<br />
<br />
==Installing==<br />
#Download and Unpack the Certificate zip file in a temporary area, keep the paths<br />
#Find the folder that is called "Certificate" in the unpacked area<br />
#Copy that folder to your moodle mod folder located for example at yourhost\moodle\mod . This will include folders db,docs and all the subfolders located under pics.<br />
#Copy the file called "certificate.php" in the folder called "yourLangfolder" to your language folder, for example yourhost\moodle\lang\en. Note: It is not necessary to move the lang file into the Moodle lang folder, the certificate lang folder can stay in the mod/certificate folder.<br />
#Go to your Moodle, open up the administation block, configuration. Moodle knows something has been added and it will proceed to install the certificate plugin module.<br />
<br />
==Settings==<br />
Help buttons give more information about each setting.<br />
{| border="1"<br />
|- <br />
| [[Image:Certificate1 8 Settings page top.JPG|thumb|400px|Moodle 1.8 Certificate Settings]]|| <br />
|}<br />
<br />
==Tips & Tricks==<br />
* Want to indicate specific credits to display for a course? Use the Course ID field to record this information. For example "IS101- CREDIT HOURS 5.0" or simply "5.0 CEUs"<br />
<br />
If you are using your own theme you have to put the icon.gif inside a folder called certificate and put in your mod folder image<br />
<br />
===Lesson dependency trick 1===<br />
Many Moodlers issue a certificate upon sucessful completion of a course. For those who use Questions in a Lesson to determine if a student can receive a certificate, here is one way to hide the certificate until the student passes. At the end of a lesson we will provide the student an option to select a link that will print a hidden certificate activity. The only non standard Moodle feature this uses is the Certificate module itself. [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |Lesson dependency]] is available from 1.6 onward. <br />
<br />
*Create a Certificate activity. Hide it. <br />
*Create a lesson. We will call it "Certificate Qualification". This is the lesson that needs to be passed to get a certificate. We might add questions to this lesson as a means to automatically determine that student qualifies for a certificate.<br />
*Create another lesson. We will call it "Certificate Gateway". In lesson settings make it [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Dependent_on |dependent]] upon the "Certificate Qualification". For example we might say a student must answer 80% of the questions correctly. Still in lesson setting go to the [[Adding/editing_a_lesson#Link_to_activity |link to activity setting]] and link it to Certificate.<br />
<br />
Student view of the above example. The student will see a course with 2 lessons. If they try to enter the Certificate Gateway Lesson, first, they will be told that they must pass the Certificate Qualification Lesson with a score of 80% or higher. When the student takes the Certificate Qualification Lesson and only scores 70%, they will not be able to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson. The only way they can get to the certificate is to qualify to take the Certificate Gateway Lesson.<br />
<br />
'''Important Note''': For this trick to work you must have Show Grades set to Yes in the Course settings page or this trick won't work (and you'll get very frustrated wondering why :) )<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
The links below will lead to the current download areas<br />
<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=683 Certificate at Modules and plugins]<br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1160 Certificate Sitewide Reports at Modules and plugins] <br />
* Moodle.org link [http://moodle.org/mod/data/view.php?d=13&rid=1161 Certificate Validation Block at Modules and plugins] <br />
<br />
<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=33997 Certificate module] forum<br />
* [[Activity_Locking]] - a conditional dependency add-in <br />
* [[Development:Certificate Module|Development of the certificate module]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Contributed code]]<br />
<br />
[[es:Certificate]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Capabilities/mod/certificate:printteacher&diff=30381Capabilities/mod/certificate:printteacher2007-12-18T23:44:07Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>When assigned at the module level, these user names will be printed on the certificate as "teacher".</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Capabilities/mod/certificate:manage&diff=30380Capabilities/mod/certificate:manage2007-12-18T23:42:20Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>Allows a user to manage certificates.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Capabilities/mod/certificate:view&diff=30379Capabilities/mod/certificate:view2007-12-18T23:40:10Z<p>Me: </p>
<hr />
<div>Allows a user to view certificates.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Grades&diff=29465Development:Grades2007-11-28T02:36:37Z<p>Me: /* certificate_mod_grade */</p>
<hr />
<div>[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=69223 There is an ongoing discussion about this spec here]<br />
<br />
== Executive Summary ==<br />
<br />
The gradebook mechanisms must be rebuilt to:<br />
<br />
# '''Improve performance and scalability''' - All grades from throughout the system will be pushed to a central system of tables. This means reports based on grades can be generated much faster, and the gradebook has ultimate control over the content.<br />
# '''Improve flexibility''' - All aspects of the new gradebook will use simple plugin structures, namely: exports, imports and displays/reports. It is expected that the community will be very active in producing [[Development:Gradebook Report Tutorial |special-purpose reports]] analysing the basic grade data in new ways, for example, or writing plugins to transfer grades to student information systems.<br />
# '''Allow rubrics for outcomes (aka standards,competencies,goals)''' - As well as numerical grades, each grading item can consist of a number of scores made on a rubric against a standard outcome statement. These can be automatically converted to a numerical grade if desired or just shown as is.<br />
# '''Allow arbitrary columns and derived columns''' - Arbitrary columns of data can be added (either manually or via import). Columns can also be automatically filled based on formulas.<br />
# '''Implement limited public API''' - Activities may use this API to send grades/outcomes to gradebook and find out the final grades.<br />
<br />
== Glossary ==<br />
<br />
Here are some terms used in the gradebook, both in the development and the user interface. Using these terms in discussions about the gradebook will help to reduce confusion.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Term'''<br />
|'''Definition'''<br />
|-<br />
|Activity<br />
|An instance of an activity module [[Category:Modules|Module]] (e.g. a single quiz, assignment etc...)<br />
|-<br />
|Calculation<br />
|A formula used to calculate grades, based (optionally) on other grade items. Not the same as [[Calculated_question_type|Calculated question types]].<br />
|-<br />
|Category<br />
|A set of Grade Items. A Category also has its own aggregated Grade which is calculated from its Grade Items. There is no limit to the level of nesting of Categories (a Category may belong to another Category). However, each Grade Item may belong to only one Category. <br />
|-<br />
|Course completion<br />
|The concept of meeting certain criteria for completing a course. In the context of the gradebook, this means a set of grades that must be reached, or a number of outcomes/competencies to complete/master.<br />
|-<br />
|Grade<br />
|A Grade is a single assessment. It may be a number or an item on a scale (possibly tied to an Outcome). Raw grade value is the numerical or scale grade from activity. Final grade is the grade reported in gradebook.<br />
|-<br />
|[[Gradebook|Gradebook]]<br />
|A central location in Moodle where students' Grades are stored and displayed. Teachers can keep track of their students' progress and organise which set of Grades their students will be able to see. Students see their own Grades.<br />
|-<br />
|Grade Item<br />
|A "column" of Grades. It can be created from a specific Activity or other module, calculated from other Grade Items, or entered manually.<br />
|-<br />
|[[Development:Grades#Locked_grades|Grade Locks]]<br />
|See linked section of this page<br />
|-<br />
|History<br />
|The gradebook has its own type of log, which keeps a History of all changes made to grades.<br />
|-<br />
|[[Development:Outcomes|Outcome]]<br />
|[[Development:Outcomes|Outcomes]] are specific descriptions of what a person is expected to be able to do or understand at the completion of an activity or course. An activity might have more than one outcome, and each may have a grade against it (usually on a scale). Other terms for Outcomes are ''Competencies'' and ''Goals''. See some [[Development:Outcomes_examples|Examples]].<br />
|-<br />
|[[Scales|Scale]]<br />
|A scale is a set of responses from which the teacher can choose one. eg Very cool, Cool, Fairly cool, Not very cool, Not cool<br />
|-<br />
|Letter Grades<br />
|Special representation of grade values similar to scales. Letters are configured in course contexts or above and are defined by lower boundary. eg A (above 90 %), B (above 80 %), C (above 70 %), D (above 50 %), F (above 0 %)<br />
<br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Database structures ==<br />
=== grade_items ===<br />
<br />
This table keeps information about gradeable items (ie columns). If an activity (eg an assignment or quiz) has multiple grade_items associated with it (eg several outcomes and numerical grade), then there will be a corresponding multiple number of rows in this table.<br />
<br />
idnumber is a tag unique inside a course identifying the grade item, useful for identifying data in exports and for referring to the grade item in calculations. It is the same as the idnumber in course_modules.<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
|-<br />
|'''courseid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The course this item is part of <br />
|-<br />
|'''categoryid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|the category group this item belongs to <br />
|-<br />
|itemname <br />
|varchar(255) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|The name of this item (pushed in by the module or entered by user) <br />
|-<br />
|'''itemtype''' <br />
|varchar(30) <br />
|<br />
|'mod', 'blocks', 'manual', 'course', 'category' etc <br />
|-<br />
|itemmodule <br />
|varchar(30) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|'forum', 'quiz', 'csv', etc <br />
|-<br />
|iteminstance <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|id of the item module <br />
|-<br />
|itemnumber <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|Can be used to distinguish multiple grades for an activity <br />
|-<br />
|iteminfo <br />
|text <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|Info and notes about this item XXX <br />
|-<br />
|'''idnumber'''<br />
|varchar(255) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|Arbitrary idnumber provided by the module responsible (optional and course unique)<br />
|-<br />
|calculation <br />
|text<br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|Spreadsheet-type formula used to process the raw grades into final grades<br />
|-<br />
|'''gradetype''' <br />
|int(4) <br />
|<center>1</center> <br />
|0 = none, 1 = value, 2 = scale, 3 = text <br />
|-<br />
|grademax <br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|<center>100</center> <br />
|What is the maximum allowable grade? <br />
|-<br />
|grademin <br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|What is the minimum allowable grade? <br />
|-<br />
|'''scaleid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|If this grade is based on a scale, which one is it? <br />
|-<br />
|'''outcomeid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|If this is outcome item, which outcome is it? <br />
|-<br />
|gradepass<br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|What grade is needed to pass? grademin <= gradepass <= grademax<br />
|-<br />
|multfactor <br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|<center>1.0</center> <br />
|Multiply all raw grades from activities by this <br />
|-<br />
|plusfactor <br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|<center>0.0</center> <br />
|Add this to all raw grades from activities by this <br />
|-<br />
|aggregationcoef <br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|<center>0.0</center> <br />
|Weight applied to all grades in this grade item during aggregation with other grade items.<br />
|-<br />
|sortorder <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Sorting order of the columns (pre-order walk of the grading tree)<br />
|-<br />
|display<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Display as real grades, percentages (in reference to the minimum and maximum grades) or letters (A, B, C etc..), or course default (0)<br />
|-<br />
|hidden <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|1 is hidden, 1 is hide always, > 1 is a date to hide until (prevents viewing of all user grades) <br />
|-<br />
|'''locked'''<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|0 is not locked, > 0 is a date when was item locked (no final grade or grade_item updates possible)<br />
|-<br />
|'''locktime'''<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|0 no auto locking, > 0 is a date to lock grade item and final grades after automatically <br />
|-<br />
|deleted <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|1 means the associated module instance has been deleted<br />
|-<br />
|'''needsupdate'''<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|If this flag is set, then the whole column will be recalculated. If set in course item, some other item needs recalculation. Calculated and category items are recalculated together with any other items.<br />
|-<br />
|timecreated <br />
|int(10)<br />
|<br />
|The first time this grade_item was created<br />
|-<br />
|timemodified <br />
|int(10)<br />
|<br />
|The last time this grade_item was modified<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== grade_categories ===<br />
<br />
This table keeps information about categories, used for grouping items. An associated grade_item will be maintained for each category to store the aggregate data.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
|-<br />
|'''courseid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The course this grade category is part of <br />
|-<br />
|'''parent''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|Parent grade_category (hierarchical)<br />
|-<br />
|depth<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|How deep is this category from the highest level (1,2,3)<br />
|-<br />
|path<br />
|varchar(255) <br />
| <br />
|Shows the path as /1/2/3/ <br />
|-<br />
|fullname <br />
|varchar(255) <br />
|<br />
|The name of this grade category <br />
|-<br />
|aggregation <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|A constant pointing to one of the predefined aggregation strategies (none, mean,median,sum, etc) <br />
|-<br />
|keephigh <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Keep only the X highest items <br />
|-<br />
|droplow <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Drop the X lowest items <br />
|-<br />
|aggregateonlygraded<br />
|int(1) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Aggregate only existing grades <br />
|-<br />
|aggregateoutcomes<br />
|int(1) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Aggregate otcomes together with normal items <br />
|-<br />
|aggregatesubcats<br />
|int(1) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Aggregate only items placed directly in category or all items in subcategories excluding the subcategory totals <br />
|-<br />
|timecreated<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The first time this grade_category was created<br />
|-<br />
|timemodified <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The last time this grade_category was modified<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== grade_grades ===<br />
<br />
This table keeps individual grades for each user and each item. The raw grade is exactly as imported or submitted by modules. The rawgrademax/min and rawscaleid are stored here to record the values at the time the grade was stored, because teachers might change this for an activity! All the results are normalised/resampled/calculated for the finalgrade, which is relative to the max/min/scaleid values stored in the grade_item. The finalgrade field is effectively a cache and values are rebuilt whenever raw values or the grade_item changes.<br />
<br />
Note that the finalgrade for a scale-based item may be non-integer! It needs to be rounded on display.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
|-<br />
|'''itemid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The item this grade belongs to <br />
|-<br />
|'''userid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The user who this grade is for <br />
|-<br />
|rawgrade<br />
|float(11,10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|The raw grade that came into the system<br />
|-<br />
|rawgrademax <br />
|float(11,10) <br />
|<center>100</center> <br />
|The maximum allowable grade when this was created <br />
|-<br />
|rawgrademin <br />
|float(11,10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|The minimum allowable grade when this was created <br />
|-<br />
|'''rawscaleid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|If this grade is based on a scale, which one was it? <br />
|-<br />
|'''usermodified'''<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|the userid of the person who last modified the raw grade value<br />
|-<br />
|finalgrade<br />
|float(11,10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|The final grade (cached) after all calculations are made<br />
|- <br />
|hidden <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|0 is not hidden, 1 is hide always, > 1 is a date to hide until <br />
|-<br />
|'''locked'''<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|0 is not locked, > 0 when was the grade locked<br />
|-<br />
|'''locktime'''<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|0 is never, > 0 is a date to lock the final grade after automatically<br />
|-<br />
|exported <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|0 is not exported, > 0 is the last exported date <br />
|-<br />
|excluded <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|grade excluded from aggregation, > 0 is the last exported date <br />
|-<br />
|overridden <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|0 is not overridden, > 0 is the last overridden date <br />
|-<br />
|feedback <br />
|text <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|Manual feedback from the teacher. Could be a code like 'mi'. <br />
|-<br />
|feedbackformat<br />
|int(10)<br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Text format for feedback<br />
|-<br />
|information <br />
|text <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|not sued yet (Further information like forum rating distribution 4/5/7/0/1 ?)<br />
|-<br />
|informationformat<br />
|int(10)<br />
|<center>0</center> <br />
|Text format for information<br />
|-<br />
|timecreated<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|the time this grade was first created <br />
|-<br />
|timemodified<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|the time this grade was last modified <br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== grade_outcomes ===<br />
<br />
This table describes the outcomes used in the system. An outcome is a statement tied to a rubric scale from low to high, such as “Not met, Borderline, Met” (stored as 0,1 or 2). For more info about these see [[Development:Outcomes]].<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''courseid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|Mostly these are defined site wide ie NULL <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|shortname <br />
|varchar(255) <br />
|<br />
|The short name or code for this outcome statement <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|fullname <br />
|text <br />
|<br />
|The full description of the outcome (usually 1 sentence) <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''scaleid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The recommended scale for this outcome. <br />
|-<br />
|description <br />
|text <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|The full description of the outcome (usually 1 sentence) <br />
|-<br />
|timecreated<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|the time this outcome was first created <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|timemodified<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|the time this outcome was last updated <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''usermodified'''<br />
|int(10) <br />
|<center>NULL</center> <br />
|the userid of the person who last modified this outcome<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== grade_outcomes_courses ===<br />
An intersection table used to make standard outcomes available to courses.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''courseid'''<br />
|int(10)<br />
|<br />
|The id of the course being assigned the outcome<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''outcomeid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The id of the outcome being assigned to the course<br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== grade_import_newitem ===<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|itemname<br />
|varchar(255)<br />
|<br />
|*TODO* Document<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|importcode<br />
|int(12) <br />
|<br />
|*TODO* Document <br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== grade_import_values ===<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''itemid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|NULL<br />
|*TODO* Document <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|newgradeitem<br />
|int(10)<br />
|NULL<br />
|*TODO* Document<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''userid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|*TODO* Document <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|finalgrade<br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|NULL<br />
|*TODO* Document <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|feedback<br />
|text<br />
|NULL<br />
|*TODO* Document <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|importcode<br />
|int(12) <br />
|<br />
|*TODO* Document <br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== History tables ===<br />
<br />
These table keep track of changes to most of the grade tables. Using these it should be possible to reconstruct the grades at any point in time in the past, or to audit grade changes over time. It should be quicker to use these tables for that, rather than storing this information in the main Moodle log. The following tables are set up for that purpose:<br />
<br />
#grade_categories_history<br />
#grade_grades_history<br />
#grade_items_history<br />
#grade_outcomes_history<br />
<br />
Each of them has exactly the same DB structure as their matching table (e.g. grade_categories), with 3 extra fields:<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|action<br />
|int(10) <br />
|0<br />
|The action that lead to the change being recorded (insert, update, delete)<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''oldid''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|The id of the record being changed or inserted (PK of the main table, not the history table) <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|source<br />
|varchar(255)<br />
|NULL<br />
|The URL from which the action originated <br />
|}<br />
<br />
=== grade_letters ===<br />
<br />
{| border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0"<br />
|'''Field''' <br />
|'''Type''' <br />
|'''Default''' <br />
|'''Info''' <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|'''id''' <br />
|int(10) <br />
|<br />
|autoincrementing <br />
<br />
|-<br />
|contextid<br />
|int(10)<br />
|<br />
|What contextid does this letter apply to (from levels CONTEXT_SYSTEM, CONTEXT_COURSECAT or CONTEXT_COURSE)<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|lowerboundary<br />
|float(10,5) <br />
|<br />
|The lower boundary of the letter. Its upper boundary is the lower boundary of the next highest letter, unless there is none above, in which case it's grademax for that grade_item.<br />
<br />
|-<br />
|letter<br />
|varchar(255) <br />
|<br />
|The display value of the letter. Can be any character or string of characters (OK, A, 10% etc..) <br />
|}<br />
<br />
== Overview of module communication ==<br />
<br />
Modules will often store internal copies of grades for calculations or for showing grades to students etc, but these are ''purely'' internal. The gradebook system will never access these directly.<br />
<br />
A new feature in Moodle 1.9 is a simple [[Development:Events|event handler]]. The new gradebook will be the first feature in Moodle to take advantage of events, and all communication between the gradebook and the modules will take place via event messages. See [[Development:Events]] for full details.<br />
<br />
There are two ways that data are transferred between the module and the gradebook:<br />
<br />
;'''1. Modules post grade events''' : Whenever a new grade is created, the module should post a ''grade_updated'' event so that the gradebook can pick it up. As long as that column in the gradebook is not “locked” then the new grades will be entered (overwriting any existing ones).<br />
;'''2. Gradebook posts grade events''' :Whenever a grade is altered in the gradebook (for example, a teacher may want to change an assignment grade), then a ''grade_updated_external'' event is posted so that the module can pick it up. If the module implements this “reverse” function then the internal grade in the module can be changed.<br />
<br />
=== Backward compatibility with Moodle 1.8 and earlier ===<br />
<br />
:For backward compatibility with old third-party modules, we will add a new function called grade_grab_legacy_grades() to admin/cron.php to search all mod/xxx/lib.php files for functions named xxx_grades(). <br />
<br />
:These legacy functions will be called to extract all the grades for all the activities in each course. Once the data is extracted, the ''grade_updated'' event is triggered as usual and copy/upgrade the data in the gradebook tables.<br />
<br />
:A similar function will be added to upgraded modules to trigger a “mass copy” of all the existing grades into the new gradebook. This will be useful during the upgrade from 1.8 as well as being available in the normal gradebook interface to “refresh” a column from primary data.<br />
<br />
== Core API functions ==<br />
<br />
Even though most of the communication will take place via events, there are a few core functions in lib/gradelib.php that will be useful for modules:<br />
<br />
===grade_exists()===<br />
<br />
eg grade_exists($cm = object, $userid = NULL)<br />
<br />
Returns true/false based on whether this activity has any grade yet. Optionally provide a userid to only check for grades for a particular user.<br />
<br />
<br />
===grade_get_grade_items_for_activity()===<br />
<br />
eg grade_get_items_for_activity($cm)<br />
<br />
For a given activity module $cm object, return the related grade item object (or array of objects if there are more than one, or NULL if there are none).<br />
<br />
<br />
===grade_get_grade_activities()===<br />
<br />
eg grade_get_grade_activities($course=NULL, $type=NULL)<br />
<br />
Returns an array of activities (defined as $cm objects) for which grade_items are defined. If $course is provided then restrict to one course. If $type is defined (could be 'forum', 'assignment' etc) then only that type are returned.<br />
<br />
<br />
===grade_get_grade_items()===<br />
<br />
eg grade_get_grade_items($course=NULL, $type=NULL))<br />
<br />
Returns an array of $gradeitem objects. If $course is provided then restrict to one course. If $type is defined (could be 'forum', 'assignment' etc) then only that type are returned.<br />
<br />
<br />
===grade_get_user_grade()===<br />
<br />
eg grade_get_user_grade($gradeitem, $user)<br />
<br />
Returns the float grade for the given user in the given grade_item / column. NULL if it doesn't exist.<br />
<br />
<br />
===grade_get_course_grade()===<br />
<br />
eg grade_get_course_grade($user, $course=NULL)<br />
<br />
Returns the course grade(s) for the given user. If $course is not specified, then return an array of all the course grades for all the courses that user is a part of.<br />
<br />
<br />
===grade_is_locked()===<br />
<br />
eg grade_is_locked($courseid, $itemtype, $itemmodule, $iteminstance, $itemnumber, $userid=NULL)<br />
<br />
This function will tell a module whether a grade (or grade_item if $userid is not given) is currently locked or not. If it's locked to the current user then the module can print a nice message or prevent editing in the module. If no $userid is given, the method will always return the grade_item's locked state. If a $userid is given, the method will first check the grade_item's locked state (the column). If it is locked, the method will return true no matter the locked state of the specific grade being checked. If unlocked, it will return the locked state of the specific grade.<br />
([http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=69223#p311329 info])<br />
<br />
===grade_regrade_final_grades()===<br />
<br />
grade_regrade_final_grades($courseid=NULL, $userid=NULL, $updated_item=NULL)<br />
<br />
Updates all grade_grades->finalgrade records for each grade_item matching the given attributes. The search is further restricted, so that only grade_items that have needs_update == true or that use calculation are retrieved and used for the update. The function returns the number of grade_items updated (NOT the same as the number of grades_grades updated!).<br />
<br />
===grade_update()===<br />
<br />
grade_update($source, $courseid, $itemtype, $itemmodule, $iteminstance, $itemnumber, $grades=NULL, $itemdetails=NULL)<br />
<br />
Submit new or update grade; update/create grade_item definition. Grade must have userid specified, rawgrade and feedback with format are optional. rawgrade NULL means 'Not graded', missing property or key means do not change existing. Only following grade item properties can be changed 'itemname', 'idnumber', 'gradetype', 'grademax', 'grademin', 'scaleid', 'multfactor', 'plusfactor', 'deleted'.<br />
<br />
===grade_verify_idnumber()===<br />
<br />
grade_verify_idnumber($idnumber, $grade_item = null, $cm = null, $gradeitem)<br />
<br />
Verify new value of idnumber - checks for uniqueness of new idnubmers, old are kept intact.<br />
<br />
===remove_course_grades()===<br />
<br />
remove_course_grades($courseid, $showfeedback)<br />
<br />
Remove all grade related course data - history is kept<br />
<br />
===grade_get_outcomes()===<br />
<br />
grade_get_outcomes($courseid, $itemtype, $itemmodule, $iteminstance,$userid=0)<br />
<br />
Returns list of outcomes used in course together with current outcomes for this user.<br />
<br />
===build_percentages_array()===<br />
<br />
build_percentages_array($steps = 1, $order = 'desc', $lowest = 0, $highest = 100)<br />
<br />
Builds an array of percentages indexed by integers for the purpose of building a select drop-down element.<br />
<br />
== Example of using the API ==<br />
<br />
The certificate module located in the Contrib branch uses grade information from various grade-producing modules. Before upgrading to the new gradebook API, it used each module's internal functions to get these grades. Following is an annotated example of how the code needs to be changed, using the new API functions.<br />
<br />
Before you are able to use these API functions, you need to make sure that your library includes this line at the top:<br />
<br />
require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');<br />
<br />
=== certificate_get_mod_grades() ===<br />
<br />
This function simply builds an array of module instances that have an associated grade_item. In Moodle 1.8, it does so with the following code:<br />
<br />
foreach ($sectionmods as $sectionmod) {<br />
if (empty($mods[$sectionmod])) {<br />
continue;<br />
}<br />
$mod = $mods[$sectionmod];<br />
// no labels<br />
if ( $mod->modname != "label") {<br />
$instance = get_record("$mod->modname", "id", "$mod->instance");<br />
$libfile = "$CFG->dirroot/mod/$mod->modname/lib.php";<br />
if (file_exists($libfile)) {<br />
require_once($libfile);<br />
$gradefunction = $mod->modname."_grades";<br />
// Modules with grade function (excluding forums)<br />
if (function_exists($gradefunction) and $mod->modname != "forum") {<br />
// Modules with grading set<br />
if ($modgrades = $gradefunction($mod->instance) and !empty($modgrades->maxgrade)) {<br />
$printgrade[$mod->id] = $sectionlabel.' '.$section->section.' : '.$instance->name;<br />
}<br />
} else { //Modules without a grade set but with a grade function<br />
}<br />
} // libfile<br />
} // no labels<br />
} //close foreach<br />
<br />
In Moodle 1.9 we can use the API's grade_get_items_for_activity($cm) function instead, giving it the $mod object. This returns null if there is no grade_item for the given $mod:<br />
<br />
foreach ($sectionmods as $sectionmod) {<br />
if (empty($mods[$sectionmod])) {<br />
continue;<br />
}<br />
$mod = $mods[$sectionmod];<br />
// no labels<br />
if ( $mod->modname != "label") {<br />
$instance = get_record("$mod->modname", "id", "$mod->instance");<br />
if ($grade_items = grade_get_grade_items_for_activity($mod)) {<br />
$printgrade[$mod->id] = $sectionlabel.' '.$section->section.' : '.$instance->name;<br />
} <br />
} // no labels<br />
} //close foreach<br />
<br />
=== certificate_mod_grade ===<br />
This function fetches the current $USER's grade for a requested course and module id, and returns a data object (stdClass) with 3 variables: <br />
*name: The name of the module instance<br />
*percentage: The value of the user's grade, converted to a percentage<br />
*points: The raw value of the user's grade<br />
<br />
function certificate_mod_grade($course, $moduleid) {<br />
global $USER, $CFG;<br />
$cm = get_record("course_modules", "id", $moduleid);<br />
$module = get_record("modules", "id", $cm->module);<br />
$libfile = $CFG->dirroot."/mod/".$module->name."/lib.php";<br />
if (file_exists($libfile)) {<br />
require_once($libfile);<br />
$gradefunction = $module->name."_grades";<br />
if (function_exists($gradefunction)) { <br />
if ($modgrades = $gradefunction($cm->instance)) {<br />
$modinfo->name = utf8_decode(get_field($module->name, 'name', 'id', $cm->instance));<br />
$modinfo->percentage = round(($modgrades->grades[$USER->id]*100/$modgrades->maxgrade),2);<br />
$modinfo->points = $modgrades->grades[$USER->id];<br />
return $modinfo;<br />
}<br />
}<br />
}<br />
return false;<br />
}<br />
<br />
As with the last function, we can remove the call to the module's grade-grabbing function, and use the gradebook API's grade_get_grades() function:<br />
<br />
function certificate_mod_grade($course, $moduleid) {<br />
global $USER, $CFG;<br />
$cm = get_record("course_modules", "id", $moduleid);<br />
$module = get_record("modules", "id", $cm->module);<br />
if ($grade_item = grade_get_grades($course->id, 'mod', $module->name, $cm->instance, $USER->id)) {<br />
$item = reset($grade_item->items); // Currently only supporting single-item grades<br />
$modinfo->name = utf8_decode(get_field($module->name, 'name', 'id', $cm->instance));<br />
$modinfo->percentage = round(($item->grades[$USER->id]*100/$item->grademax),2);<br />
$modinfo->points = $item->grades[$USER->id];<br />
return $modinfo;<br />
}<br />
return false;<br />
}<br />
<br />
Incidentally, there is another handy function for formatting grade values into readable strings: grade_format_gradevalue(). The only difference between the hard-coded calculation above and grade_format_gradevalue() is that the latter will add a % sign, while the first will not.<br />
<br />
=== certificate_get_course_grade ===<br />
<br />
This function returns a stdClass object with 2 variables: percentage and points, which represent an aggregate of all the grades in a course for the current user. Since courses now have their own grade item, and handle aggregation and other weights internally, there is no longer any need to retrieve any other grade than the user's course grade. The upgraded function could look like this:<br />
<br />
function certificate_get_course_grade($id){<br />
global $course, $USER;<br />
$course = get_record("course", "id", $id);<br />
$course_item = grade_get_grade_items($id, 'course');<br />
$course_item = reset($course_item); // grade_get_grade_items() returns an array of items<br />
$coursegrade->points = grade_get_course_grade($USER->id, $id); <br />
$coursegrade->percentage = round(($coursegrade->points * 100 / $course_item->grademax), 2);<br />
return $coursegrade;<br />
}<br />
<br />
== Dealing with multiple grades ==<br />
<br />
Modules will often produce several grade items. This may be several attempts, say, like the quiz module, or more commonly, ratings based on several outcomes. It is '''up to the module''' whether these grades are aggregated BEFORE sending to the gradebook as a single number, or are sent in raw form to the gradebook. <br />
<br />
Pre-aggregration makes the most sense for a quiz, say, which already implements algorithms to calculate a single number for each student. In such a case there will only be one grade item from a particular quiz.<br />
<br />
For anything that uses outcomes with grades against multiple rubrics (such as an assignment), it would make the most sense to just pass all the results through to the gradebook as individual grade items.<br />
<br />
If the gradebook receives multiple grade items from a module, then they are automatically grouped together in a unique grade category (with the same name as the module instance). This is simply done by checking/creating the category whenever a second item from the same instance is being added. All the grading items will by default appear separate in the gradebook GUI, but can be easily “combined” by choosing an aggregation algorithm from a list (such as “Sum, Mean, Median, etc ...), plus “Keep X high, Drop X Low” together with scaling/shifting via the Multiplication and Plus factors etc.<br />
<br />
For more info about multiple grade items see [[Development:Outcomes]].<br />
<br />
== Calculated grade items ==<br />
<br />
A calculated grade item can operate on any arbitrary other items. It is not connected to any particular module. <br />
<br />
The final calculated values are re-calculated and stored in the grade_grades table whenever any of the values in the source items is changed. To avoid doing this for every grade_post event, we just set the ''needsupdate'' field on grade_items every time grades are added or changed.<br />
<br />
At the next display time or export time (ie whenever grades_grades->finalgrade is accessed) we do this:<br />
<br />
If any current grade_items are flagged as ''needsupdate'' then <br />
# for each grade_item with the flag, update all grade_grades->final for them and remove the grade_item flag<br />
# for each grade_item with a calculation, update their grade_grades->finalgrade<br />
<br />
The format for the calculations may as well use the same format as Excel and Openoffice, as that is what most people are probably used to.<br />
<br />
eg: MEAN(quizstart1, quizend1) + assignment1 + 20.0<br />
<br />
== Adjustment of grades ==<br />
Grade_item contains optional rules for adjusting the raw grade before it is cached into a final grade. These rules are processed BEFORE the calculation discussed above, because they may include reprocessing the grade's place within a different scale or grade range. <br />
<br />
=== Adjustment to a new range ===<br />
A raw grade may have been initially calculated within a module inside a range of 0 to 100 (grademin - grademax). However, the grade_item may be given a different grademin and grademax. For example, it could be 30 to 70. If you take a raw value of 30 on the original range (i.e. 30%), after adjusting this score for the new range, you should obtain 42, not 30 (30 being the equivalent of 0 on the previous range). This calculation takes place before the multfactor and plusfactor are applied, and before the calculation formula is applied.<br />
<br />
=== Adjustment to a new scale ===<br />
A raw grade may also have a scale value, which always starts at 0 (for the first item in the scale), and has a maximum set by the number of items in the scale. Because this value is always an integer, the above calculation is performed in addition to a rounding up to the nearest integer. Also, multfactor and plusfactor are both ignored, because using them makes no sense in the context of a scale value.<br />
<br />
== Displaying the grades to ordinary participants ==<br />
<br />
The module takes responsibility for displaying grades within the module (to a student, say). Normally they would use internal tables to do so. However, there is a grade_get_grades() function available for modules to query the core gradebook for grades (if required).<br />
<br />
For full display of grades in a whole course say, the student uses the same link as teachers use to access the gradebook. However, due to their different permissions they will only have access to specific reports. By default this is the “singleuser” report which only shows their own grades and has very few configuration options.<br />
<br />
== Locked grades ==<br />
<br />
Both whole columns and individual grades can be locked in the gradebook, via the "locked" field. Teachers may want to do this to prevent further changes from the modules, or from other teachers. When a grade is locked, any grading events that might affect that grade are ignored. When the graded is unlocked, an "unlock" event is triggered, which allows a module to handle it by sending the latest new grades back.<br />
<br />
In the main GUIs the lock toggling will be achieved by clicking on a little padlock icon beside each entry or column.<br />
<br />
== Manually modified grades ==<br />
<br />
Grades can be manually modified (overriden) in the gradebook. When this is done to grade_items derived from a module's grades, and the new value is different from the original one, then the field will automatically be given a locked status (it can of course be unlocked immediately if one wishes). This is to prevent new grading events from changing the manually entered values unexpectedly.<br />
<br />
== Clean up after old activities == <br />
<br />
By default columns (grade items) will remain in the gradebook even when activities are deleted. A manual 'clean-up' button can delete old columns if required. <br />
<br />
When you click the 'Clean up' button, it shows you a list of columns that should be deleted, with a checkbox next to each one (on by default, but you can turn it off if you want to keep that column still) and then another button click to really delete the marked columns.<br />
<br />
Otherwise there will be a site option to do this automatically whenever activities are deleted.<br />
<br />
== Logging ==<br />
<br />
As well as datestamps and userids in the tables, all grading events will be logged in case an audit needs to be made.<br />
<br />
== Security Issues ==<br />
<br />
For security an option to force SSL for the gradebook might be good.<br />
<br />
==Overall grade==<br />
<br />
Having an overall grade handy allows us to know exactly when a course is "finished". Exactly how do we specify the "overall" grade? It's a special case, and might not always be just the sum.<br />
<br />
The best solution is probably to have a special calculated column (grade_item) for every course that can not be deleted. It's made special because the itemtype is 'total' (one per course). The calculation formula should be updated automatically whenever grade_items are changed in that course to be the "sum" of all the grade_items in the course.<br />
<br />
However, if the calculation is edited manually then we should lock the calculation formula. We could do this by setting the iteminfo field to something. Clearing the calculation to an empty string could force it back to an automatic calculation formula.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
== Report plugins ==<br />
All the main interface of the gradebook will be implemented as report plugins. Each plugin is fully responsible for defining the interface between the header and footer. They can even define their own capabilities and extra tables if the core tables are not enough, as they'll have a full /grade/report/xxxx/db directory.<br />
<br />
Each report will need to define one capability to allow people to see that report, so that admins have control over who can see what reports. For example, the participant interface can be a totally separate report plugin.<br />
<br />
This allows for the widest flexibility and safety in how grades are presented.<br />
<br />
=== Default teacher interface ===<br />
This interface will be what teachers see by default, and will subsume everything the current interface (in Moodle 1.8) does.<br />
<br />
Some snippets of functionality:<br />
{{Moodle 1.9}}<br />
Overall it's a grid, with participant names down one side and grade items along the top. <br />
<br />
Columns will be able to be collapsed together by grouping them into categories. Grades for categories can be calculated via various means. <br />
<br />
“Eye-cons” on the columns and checkboxes by every grade (this bit possibly controlled with a switch) allow hiding by category, by column, by individual grade.<br />
<br />
Textual notes can be added to each grade for more info. These show up to participants as well.<br />
<br />
A groups menu allows the teacher to switch between showing EACH of the groups they have access to, or ALL the groups they have access to.<br />
<br />
All grade items will link to modulepath/grade.php?id=44 which will work out what the current person should be allowed to see and either redirect them to the correct page or just show them immediately. This copes with situations like the quiz, say, where we want editing teachers to go to the detailed reports there while participants just see their own grade or whatever the quiz is set to show.<br />
<br />
User preference to SWITCH between showing raw grades, percentage grades, or both, or grade letters (A/B/C etc). <br />
<br />
Settings for grade letters not only define the transformation from percentage to grades, but also the transformation from letters to grades (in case the teacher edits some of the letter grades).<br />
<br />
Categories are shown above the headings for each column. Clicking for more info on a category will just show the category with a summary column showing total/average for just that category (PLUS the summary column for the whole course).<br />
<br />
All columns should be sortable up/down.<br />
<br />
At the bottom of each column is a row with the mean course score. If in groups mode, then add ANOTHER row with just the group mean. Add the number of grades used in brackets. eg 56% (11). When the report is paged, these means are still for the whole course/group (not the page!)<br />
<br />
{{Moodle 2.0}}<br />
<br />
Teachers can type “straight into” the grid using AJAX or fallback to forms. No popup menus for values.<br />
<br />
Later on we can support customisable shorthand codes to make data entry quick (eg type 'ab' for absent, or 'nge' for not good enough).<br />
<br />
See [http://test.moodle.com/grade/report/grader/index.php?id=2 the test site] for a live demo of this report.<br />
<br />
=== Default participant interface ===<br />
This interface will be what participants see by default:<br />
<br />
Some snippets of functionality:<br />
<br />
*Invert the grid to show one item per row, with the total/average at the bottom.<br />
*Use second/third columns to show categories.<br />
*Include ranking score in another column.<br />
*Show feedback<br />
*Show percentage<br />
*No editing functionality.<br />
<br />
See [http://test.moodle.com/grade/report/user/index.php?id=2 the test site] for a live demo of this report.<br />
<br />
=== Outcomes report ===<br />
This simple informational report displays all the outcomes used by the course, with the following information:<br />
<br />
*Outcome name<br />
*Overall average: If the outcome is used by more than one activity, this shows you the mean across all these activities in the current course<br />
*Site-wide: Yes or No: A site-wide outcome is automatically made available to all courses.<br />
*Activities: A list of links to the activities in the current course that use each outcome. One row per activity (table splits here)<br />
*Average: For each activity using the outcome, the average score is shown.<br />
*Number of grades: For each activity using the outcome, the number of grades is shown (non-graded participants are ignored)<br />
<br />
See [http://test.moodle.com/grade/report/outcomes/index.php?id=2 the test site] for a live demo of this report.<br />
<br />
=== Overview report ===<br />
Another basic report, showing a participant's course averages in each of the courses in which s/he has received grades.<br />
<br />
See [http://test.moodle.com/grade/report/overview/index.php the test site] for a live demo of this report.<br />
<br />
== Export plugins ==<br />
<br />
The API for these is extremely simple. Each export plugin should occupy a directory under /grade/export/xyz and needs to provide only an index.php file as a the primary interface. This file can accept parameters that produce a subset of the grades:<br />
<br />
* courseid<br />
* groupid<br />
* categoryid<br />
* itemid<br />
* userid<br />
<br />
The index.php can choose to simply dump something (eg an Excel spreadsheet) and return, or it can show an interface for further options and selections. Ideally even if it dumps something it should also show some feedback about what was exported to make it easier to double check what was sent, but this is up to the plugin to implement.<br />
<br />
Further if the plugin contains a lib.php and an xyz_visible() function then the gradebook can check this function to make sure the current user can see/use the plugin (eg by checking access permissions). If this function returns false then the export method won't appear in the main gradebook interfaces.<br />
<br />
The export plugins are a "full" Moodle plugin, so it can have tables, cron functions, event handlers, capabilities etc. For example, an export plugin might not even have a GUI (ie xyz_visible() is always false and/or index.php doesn't exist) - it might operate solely off cron or event triggers.<br />
<br />
== Import plugins ==<br />
<br />
Each import plugin should occupy a directory under /grade/import/xyz and needs to provide only an index.php file as a the primary interface. This file just accepts a 'courseid' parameter.<br />
<br />
The index.php will show an interface for further options and selections.<br />
<br />
Further if the plugin contains a lib.php and an xyz_visible() function then the gradebook can check this function to make sure the current user can see/use the plugin. If this function returns false then the import method won't appear in the main gradebook interfaces.<br />
<br />
The import plugins are a "full" Moodle plugin, so it can have tables, cron functions, event handlers, capabilities etc. For example, an import plugin might not even have a GUI (ie xyz_visible() is always false and/or index.php doesn't exist) - it might operate solely off cron or event triggers.<br />
<br />
The entire import must be treated as one operation. If it fails, then no records should be imported and the database is unchanged.<br />
<br />
Some sample import plugins are:<br />
<br />
===Import from CSV===<br />
<br />
Accepts an upload of (or URL to) a CSV file. Multiple options describe how to process the file, which columns to add etc. These should be sticky, and retained via user preferences to make future imports easier.<br />
<br />
===Import from XML===<br />
<br />
Accepts an upload of (or URL to) an XML file with this kind of format (from OU). <br />
<br />
<results batch="[someuniqueimportnumber]"><br />
<result><br />
<state>['new' or 'regrade']</state><br />
<assignment>[idnumber]</assignmentid><br />
<student>[studentid]</student><br />
<score>[score]</score><br />
</result><br />
<result><br />
<state>['new' or 'regrade']</state><br />
<assignment>[idnumber]</assignmentid><br />
<student>[studentid]</student><br />
<score>[score]</score><br />
</result><br />
[...]<br />
</results><br />
<br />
== Capabilities and Permissions ==<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:view - view your own grades<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:viewall - view grades of other users<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:viewhidden - see grades that are marked as hidden for the owner<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:hide - be able to hide/unhide cells, items or categories<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:lock - be able to lock cells, items or categories<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:unlock - be able to unlock cells, items or categories<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:manage - manage grade items and categories in gradebook (create, edit, lock, hide, delete, etc.)<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:import - import grades<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:export - export grades<br />
<br />
* moodle/grade:override - edit or override individual grades<br />
<br />
* gradereport/grader:view - can view the grader report<br />
<br />
* gradeimport/csv:view - can view/use the csv import plugin<br />
<br />
* gradeexport/csv:view - can view/use the csv export plugin<br />
<br />
* moodle:site/accessallgroups<br />
<br />
== Interface Demo ==<br />
<br />
The mockup is no longer applicable. Instead you can play with the live demo at the following site:<br />
<br />
[http://test.moodle.com/grade/report/grader/index.php?id=2 Gradebook live demo]<br />
<br />
Please base your future feedback on that interface.<br />
<br />
== Development Tasks and Tracking ==<br />
<br />
See [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-9137 MDL-9137] for the full details.<br />
<br />
== See also ==<br />
<br />
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=69223&mode=3 Gradebook Development ideas] forum discussion<br />
* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=51107 New gradebook for Moodle] forum discussion<br />
* [[Development:Events]]<br />
* [[Development:Gradebook Report Tutorial]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Developer|Grades]]<br />
[[Category:Grades]]</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development:Certificate_Module&diff=20955Development:Certificate Module2007-02-28T17:51:34Z<p>Me: /* The ordered list of features */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Work in progress}}<br />
This page will show the new features and the plan to implement them in the [[Certificate module]] for each Moodle release.<br />
<br />
== Changes planned for Moodle 1.8 contrib branch ==<br />
<br />
=== The basis ===<br />
<br />
Point to decide: Before start. Where will be develop the 1.8 version:<br />
* a) These will be developed under HEAD and backported to 18_STABLE once finished. <br />
* b) These will be developed directly under 18_STABLE, meging to HEAD while advancing.<br />
<br />
Every one of the features described below will have its own bug [http://tracker.moodle.org/secure/IssueNavigator.jspa?reset=true&&pid=10033&resolution=-1&component=10137&sorter/field=priority&sorter/order=DESC created in the Tracker]. With links from here for easy location.<br />
<br />
=== The ordered list of features ===<br />
<br />
(each one will be marked with <font color="red">Not done!</font>, <font color="orange">In progress!</font>, <font color="green">Done!</font>, with the name of the developer assigned between brackets.<br />
<br />
# Update the module install.xml and create the upgrade.php file (confirm save->savecert is the first change to be added for 1.8!). This will provide cross db installation and upgrade of the module.<br />
# Split conditions to allow certificate to a new fieldset. <br />
#*Conditions will be:<br />
#** a) % of total grade raised.<br />
#** b) 1...n quizzes grades raised.<br />
#** c) 1...n surveys filled by the student<br />
#*With: <br />
#** All the specified quizzes must be passed (logical AND between them). (b)<br />
#** All the specified surveys must be filled (logical AND between them). (c)<br />
#*Finally:<br />
#** Then (a OR b) AND c will be checked to allow display/download.<br />
#Define n texts, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Upload (to moddata/certificate) and define n images, with position and size to be inserted in the certificate ordering them by y,x descending. Fieldset can be hidden/showed like the user profile form.<br />
#Find a better solution for the preview certificate feature. Analyse the XHTML strict object alternative.<br />
#Allow to configure if the student/mainteacher/admin should receive one email with the text: Mickey Mouse accessed the certifacte on XX/XX/YYYY".<br />
#Coma separated list of email addresses to be informed about certificate accesses.<br />
#Roles, accessibility ...<br />
#Rework backup/restore to handle everything above.</div>Mehttps://docs.moodle.org/20/en/index.php?title=Development_talk:Certificate_Module&diff=20954Development talk:Certificate Module2007-02-28T17:50:21Z<p>Me: /* The basis */</p>
<hr />
<div>== The basis ==<br />
In my opinion I'd go for point B, that's would help us with many people testing it. We could also start using as sson as the main features are ok.<br />
<br />
See my access.php for roles and capabilities--they are all standard except for the Print teacher role--this was used to edit roles for the names that will print on the certificate for "teacher". Any ideas for a better way to do this?</div>Me